Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

born a king

  • 1 born a king

    lahir sebagai raja

    English-Indonesian dictionary > born a king

  • 2 born

    III see bear I
    born adj nato
    where were you born? ¿dónde naciste?
    tr[bɔːn]
    1 nato,-a
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to be born nacer
    born and bred de pura cepa
    not to be born yesterday figurative use no tener ni un pelo de tonto
    to be born to be something nacer para ser algo
    to be born again volver a nacer
    he's English-born es inglés de nacimiento
    the first-born el/la primogénito,-a
    born ['bɔrn] adj
    1) : nacido
    2) : nato
    she's a born singer: es una cantante nata
    he's a born leader: nació para mandar
    adj.
    • nacido, -a adj.
    • nato, -a adj.

    I bɔːrn, bɔːn
    (past p of bear I)

    to be born — nacer*

    when was she born? — ¿cuándo nació?

    to be born lucky — nacer* con suerte

    poets are born not made — los poetas nacen, no se hacen

    to be born to something/to + inf: he was born to (a life of) luxury nació para (ser) rico; this is what I was born for o what I was born to do yo he nacido para esto; I wasn't born yesterday, you know! oye, que no nací ayer!; there's one born every minute! — (set phrase) hay tontos para repartir


    II
    adjective (before n) <teacher/leader> nato

    in all my born days — (colloq) en toda mi vida

    [bɔːn]
    1.
    VB (pp)
    of bear II, 1., 1); nacido

    to be born — (lit) nacer; (fig) [idea] surgir, nacer

    to be born again — renacer, volver a nacer

    he wasn't born yesterday! * — ¡no se chupa el dedo! *

    2.
    ADJ [actor, leader] nato
    * * *

    I [bɔːrn, bɔːn]
    (past p of bear I)

    to be born — nacer*

    when was she born? — ¿cuándo nació?

    to be born lucky — nacer* con suerte

    poets are born not made — los poetas nacen, no se hacen

    to be born to something/to + inf: he was born to (a life of) luxury nació para (ser) rico; this is what I was born for o what I was born to do yo he nacido para esto; I wasn't born yesterday, you know! oye, que no nací ayer!; there's one born every minute! — (set phrase) hay tontos para repartir


    II
    adjective (before n) <teacher/leader> nato

    in all my born days — (colloq) en toda mi vida

    English-spanish dictionary > born

  • 3 Afonso V, King

    (r. 1446-1481)
       Born in 1432, the son of King D. Duarte I and D. Leonor of Aragon, Afonso was only six years old when his father died suddenly and a succession crisis and consequent civil strife began. His mother fled into exile in Castile, where she died in 1445. He attained his majority in 1446. In the 1450s, King Afonso presided over more Portuguese expansion in Morocco by the capture of more Moroccan cities, but progress down the western African coast was delayed by the king's intervention in Iberian royal politics in Castile. His ambitions in Spain were thwarted after his loss of the battle of Toro to Castilian forces in 1476. In the 1470s, the king encouraged Portuguese exploration, trade, and colonization in western Africa, including settlement in the islands of São Tomé and Príncipe in the Bight of Biafra. The king died in 1481, and as a member of the Aviz dynasty, he became known in the history of Portugal as "O Africano" ("the African") and had one of the longest reigns in Portuguese history.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Afonso V, King

  • 4 Carlos I, King

    (1863-1908)
       The second to last reigning king of Portugal and second to last of the Braganza dynasty to rule. Born in 1863, the son of King Luis I, Carlos was well-educated and became an accomplished sailor, as well as an artist of maritime scenes in oil paintings. A selection of his paintings remains on display in various museums and halls. His reign began in 1889, when his father died, and was immediately marked by controversy and conflict. In January 1890, the monarchy was weakened and Carlos's authority placed in question in the crisis of the " English Ultimatum" (see also Ultimatum, English) Portugal's oldest ally, Great Britain, threatened an end to the 517-year-old alliance, and hostilities arose over the question of territorial expansion in the "Scramble for Africa." Although Carlos was a talented diplomat who managed to repair the damaged Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and to promote other foreign policy initiatives, his reign was marked by the failure of monarchist politics, the weakening monarchy, and rising republicanism. As monarchist politics became more unstable and corrupt, the republic opposition grew stronger and more violent. Carlos's appointment of the dictatorial João Franco government in 1907 and Franco's measures of January 1908 repressing the opposition were, in effect, the king's death warrant. While returning from a royal trip to the Alentejo on 1 February, 1908, King Carlos and his heir apparent, Prince Luís, were shot in their open carriage in Lisbon by carbonaria (anarchist republicans). Although their two murderers were killed by guards on the spot, the official investigation of their murders was never completed.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Carlos I, King

  • 5 Manuel II, king

    (1890-1932)
       The last reigning king of Portugal, and the last of the Braganza dynasty to rule. Born in 1890, the son of King Carlos I and Queen Amélia, young Manuel witnessed the murder of his father and his elder brother, the heir apparent, Dom Luís, by anarchists in the streets of Lisbon, on 1 February 1908. In the same carriage as his mortally wounded father and brother, and himself wounded, Manuel survived to ascend the throne. His brief reign was troubled by political instability, factionalism, and rising republicanism. As the republican revolution succeeded, Manuel and his family, including the Queen Mother Amélia, fled from the bombarded Necessidades Palace in Lisbon to the Mafra Palace. Rather than abdicate or remain as a prisoner of the republic, Manuel fled by ship to exile in Great Britain, where he remained for the rest of his life. Occupying himself with his hobby of collecting rare Portuguese books, Manuel died prematurely at age 42, in 1932, at his estate south of London.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Manuel II, king

  • 6 to be born to be something

    nacer para ser algo

    English-spanish dictionary > to be born to be something

  • 7 Pedro IV, king

    (also Emperor Pedro I of Brazil)
    (1798-1834)
       The first emperor of Brazil and restorer of the liberal, constitutional monarchy, as well as of the throne of his daughter, Queen Maria II. Born in Queluz Palace, the second son of the regent João VI and Queen Carlota Joaquina, Pedro at age nine accompanied his parents and the remainder of the Braganza royal family to Brazil, fleeing the French invasion of Portugal in late 1807. Raised and educated in Brazil, following the return of his father to Portugal, Pedro declared the independence of Brazil from Portugal in the famous "cry of Ipiranga," on 7 September 1822. As Emperor Pedro I of Brazil, he ruled that fledgling nation-state-empire from 1822 to 1831, when he abdicated in favor of his son Pedro, and then went to Portugal and the Azores.
       Pedro's absolutist brother, Dom Miguel, following the death of their father João VI in 1826, had broken his word on defending Portugal's constitution and had carried out an absolutist counterrevolution, which was supported by his reactionary mother Carlota Joaquina. Pedro's daughter, Queen Maria II, who was too young to assume the duties of monarch of Portugal, had lost her throne to King Miguel, in effect, and Pedro spent the remainder of his life restoring the constitutional monarchy and his young daughter to the throne of Portugal. In the 1832-34 War of the Brothers, Pedro IV's armed forces triumphed over those of Dom Miguel and the latter fled to exile in Austria. Exhausted from the effort, Pedro died on 24 September 1834, and was buried in Lisbon. In 1972, his remains were moved to Ipiranga, Brazil.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Pedro IV, king

  • 8 new born king

    raja yang baru lahir

    English-Indonesian dictionary > new born king

  • 9 γεννάω

    γεννάω fut. γεννήσω; 1 aor. ἐγέννησα; pf. γεγέννηκα. Pass.: fut. pl. γεννηθήσεσθε Sir 41:9; 1 aor. ἐγεννήθην; pf. γεγέννημαι (Pind., Hdt.+).—See ARahlfs, Genesis 1926, 39. Gener., to cause someth. to come into existence, primarily through procreation or parturition.
    ① become the parent of, beget
    ⓐ by procreation (oft. LXX, fr. Gen 4:18 on) Mt 1:2–20 (cp. Diod S 4, 67, 2–68, 6, the genealogy of the Aeolians: 67, 4 Ἄρνη ἐγέννησεν Αἰόλον κ. Βοιωτόν; 67, 7 Ἱππάλκιμος ἐγέννησε Πηνέλεων; 68:1 Σαλμωνεὺς ἐγέννησε θυγατέρα … Τυρώ; 68, 3 Ποσειδῶν ἐγέννησε Πελίαν κ. Νηλέα; 68, 6 Νηλεὺς παῖδας ἐγέννησε δώδεκα. Interchanged with ἐγέννησε are ἐτέκνωσε, ἦν υἱός, παῖδες ἐγένοντο, etc.; cp. PMich 155, 7. The continuity is not formalized to the degree in Mt, but in Diod S 4, 69, 1–3 ἐγέννησε is repeated six times in a short space, and 4, 75, 4f ἐγέννησε occurs four times with the names of fathers and sons; Did., Gen. 144, 27); Ac 7:8, 29. ἐκ w. gen. of the mother (Hdt. 1, 108, 2; Diod S 4, 2, 1; 4, 62, 1; Palaeph. 44; PLond V, 1730, 10 οἱ ἐξ αὐτῆς γεννηθέντες υἱοί; Tob 1:9; 2 Esdr 10:44; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 2 Jac.; TestJob 1:6; Jos, Ant. 12, 189) Mt 1:3, 5f.—Pass. be fathered (Orig., C. Cels. 8, 66, 23) ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης κατὰ σάρκα w. the slave-woman, according to the flesh (i.e. in line with human devising; opp. διʼ ἐπαγγελίας) Gal 4:23. ὁ κατὰ σάρκα γεννηθείς he that was fathered by human design, opp. ὁ κατὰ πνεῦμα he that was fathered by the Spirit’s design, i.e. in keeping with the divine promise, vs. 23) vs. 29. τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν that which is conceived in her is of the Spirit Mt 1:20 (τὸ γεννηθέν of that which is yet unborn: Diod S 17, 77, 3). Here the male principle is introduced by ἐκ (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 20, 14 ἐκ κύκνου γεγεννημένη; Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 4 Jac.; Ps-Callisth. 1, 30, 3 ἐξ Ἄμμωνος ἐγεννήθη; TestSim 2:2) as J 1:13 (ἐγενήθ. P75et al.); but in 3:6 the imagery is complex, involving a maternal aspect in vs. 4. W. ἀπό (En 15:8 οἱ γίγαντες οἱ γεννηθέντες ἀπὸ τ. πνευμάτων κ. σαρκός) ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγεννήθησαν they were fathered by one man Hb 11:12 (numerous edd. ἐγενήθησαν). ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα (v.l. ἐγεννήθημεν) J 8:41 (cp. StudPal XX, 4, 30 ἐξ ἀγράφων γάμων γεγεννῆσθαι). ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος you’re a born sinner, totally! 9:34.—Lk 1:35 (where mng. 2 is also prob. [as in τὸ γεννώμενον Philo, Plant. 15]. S. AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 6, 1928, 33–36; HAlmqvist, Plut. u. d. NT ’46, 60f).
    ⓑ by exercising the role of a parental figure, ext. of 1a (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 58 μᾶλλον αὐτὸν τῶν γονέων γεγέννηκα), of a teacher on pupils ἐν Χ. Ἰ. διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα I became your father as Christians through the gospel 1 Cor 4:15; Phlm 10 (s. Ltzm. and JWeiss on 1 Cor 4:15; ADieterich, Mithraslit. 1903, 146ff).—Pass. ἐκ (τοῦ) θεοῦ γεννᾶσθαι J 1:13 (on the rdg. of the Lat. ms. b, s. JPryor, NovT 27, ’85, 296–318); 1J 2:29; 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18. On γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ ὕδατος κ. πνεύματος J 3:5 cp. 1QS 4:20–22 and s. YYadin, JBL 74, ’55, 40–43. Also ἄνωθεν γ. J 3:3, 7. πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα ἀγαπᾷ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ everyone who loves the father (=God) loves the child (=Christ or one’s fellow Christian) 1J 5:1 (on γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ θεοῦ s. Hdb. on J 3:3 and 1J 3:9 and the sources and lit. listed there; s. also παλιγγενεσία). Cp. σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε (Ps 2:7) 1 Cl 36:4; GEb 18, 37; Ac 13:33 (held by some to have been the orig. rdg. Lk 3:22 v.l.; s. JHillmann, Die Kindheitsgesch. Jesu nach Lucas: Jahrbücher f. Protestantische Theologie 17/2, 1891, 192–261; HUsener, D. Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 38ff); Hb 1:5; 5:5.
    ② to give birth to, bear (Aeschyl., Suppl. 48; X., De Rep. Lac. 1, 3; Lucian, Sacrif. 6; Plut., Mor., 3c; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9, 2 ἐκ θεοῦ γεννήσασα παῖδα=a woman who has borne a child to a god; BGU 132 II, 5; Judg 11:1 B; Is 66:9; 4 Macc 10:2) Lk 1:13, 57; 23:29; J 16:21 w. τίκτειν; AcPl Ha 8, 28 εἰς δουλείαν γεννῶσα who bears children for slavery Gal 4:24. Pass. be born (ἐκ παρθένου Did., Gen. 96, 13) ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς Ac 7:20; cp. Hb 11:23. γεγεννημένος ἐν Ταρσῷ Ac 22:3; μήπω … γεννηθέντων Ro 9:11; πρὶν ἡμᾶς γεννηθῆναι before we were born 1 Cl 38:3. εἰς τὸν κόσμον come into the world J 16:21; Mt 2:1, 4; 19:12; 26:24 (=1 Cl 46:8); Mk 14:21 (cp. En 38:2); Lk 1:35 (1a is also prob.; a v.l. adds ἐκ σοῦ, which can be rendered ‘the child to whom you give birth’). ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννήθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5 (cp. Mt 1:16); J 3:4; 9:2, 19f, 32; IEph 18:2; ITr 11:2; ἀληθῶς γ. be in fact born (in opp. to Docetism) 9:1. γεγεννημένα (v.l. γεγενημένα) εἰς ἅλωσιν 2 Pt 2:12. εἰς τοῦτο for this purpose J 18:37. διάλεκτος ἐν ᾑ ἐγεννήθημεν the language in which we were born i.e., which we have spoken fr. infancy Ac 2:8. ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι but I was actually born a Roman citizen 22:28. οὗτος ἐγεννήθη βασιλεύς born a king GJs 20:4 codd. γεννῶνται και γεννῶσιν Lk 20:34 v.l.
    ③ to cause someth. to happen, bring forth, produce, cause, fig. of various kinds of production (Pla. et al.; Polyb. 1, 67, 2 στάσις ἐγεννᾶτο; Philo, De Jos. 254; Jos., Ant. 6, 144) 2 Ti 2:23.—γ. καρπόν produce fruit (Philo, Op. M. 113) ITr 11:1. Forged writing γεγεννημένον for γεγενημένον GJs 24:3.—B. 280. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι p. 222. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > γεννάω

  • 10 de

    prep.
    1 of.
    el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car
    es de ella it's hers
    la pata de la mesa the table leg
    La casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]
    2 from (procedencia, distancia).
    salir de casa to leave home
    soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao
    de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment
    3 (made) of (materia).
    un vaso de plástico a plastic cup
    un reloj de oro a gold watch
    4 about (asunto).
    hablábamos de ti we were talking about you
    libros de historia history books
    5 as.
    trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman
    trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five
    de madrugada early in the morning
    a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon
    trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day
    7 with (causa, modo).
    morirse de hambre to die of hunger
    llorar de alegría to cry with joy
    de una patada with a kick
    de una sola vez in one go
    de tres en tres three at a time
    8 if.
    de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday
    de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it
    9 to.
    Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.
    f.
    1 letter d.
    2 SD, standard deviation.
    3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.
    * * *
    de
    ————————
    de
    1 (posesión, pertenencia) of
    2 (procedencia, origen) from
    ■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl
    4 (tema) of, on, about
    5 (materia) made of, of
    7 (uso) for
    8 (oficio) by, as
    9 (modo) on, in, as
    10 (tiempo) at, by, in
    ■ de día by day, during the day
    12 (precio) at
    13 (medida) measuring
    14 (causa) with, because of, of
    15 (agente) by
    * * *
    prep.
    1) of
    2) from
    3) in, at
    4) than
    5) by
    * * *
    PREPOSITION
    1) [relación] of

    la carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia

    2) [pertenencia]

    la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez

    3) [característica, material]

    este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model

    4) [contenido]

    una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass

    5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] from

    los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best

    de... a...
    6) [causa]
    7) [manera]
    de... en...
    8) (=respecto de)

    estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better

    9) [tema] about

    un libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology

    10) [uso]
    11) [cantidad, medida, valor]
    12) [con horas y fechas]

    a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.

    son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.

    el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)

    13) [tiempo]
    14) [proporción]
    15) [uso partitivo] of

    ¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *

    16) [autoría] by

    un libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's

    17) [como complemento agente] by

    el rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage

    18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]

    el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro

    19) [en comparaciones] than

    más/menos de siete — more/less than seven

    más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people

    20) [con superlativos] in

    el más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world

    21) + infin
    ser de ({+ infin}8})
    22) [dependiente de formas verbales]

    de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...

    ¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?

    23) [uso condicional] if

    de haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come

    de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so

    de no — LAm (=si no) otherwise

    * * *
    I
    1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

    la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

    no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

    su padre de usted — (frml) your father

    es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

    2)
    [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

    Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

    los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

    las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

    ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

    3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

    es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

    de... a... — from... to...

    4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

    una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

    5) (expresando causa, modo)

    de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

    de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

    6)
    a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

    ¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

    la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

    de niño — as a o when he was a child

    7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

    ¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

    8)
    a) (al definir, especificar)

    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

    es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

    ¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

    lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

    qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

    10)

    pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

    cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

    un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

    12) ( en calidad de) as
    13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

    estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

    a)

    de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

    b)

    ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

    es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

    II
    * * *
    = across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.
    Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
    Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.
    Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.
    Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.
    Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.
    Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.
    Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    ----
    * abogado de oficio = legal aid.
    * actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.
    * alabanza de boquilla = lip service.
    * alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.
    * autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.
    * comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.
    * de... a = through.
    * de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.
    * de abolengo = well-born.
    * de abordo = in-flight.
    * de absorción = absorptive.
    * de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.
    * de acceso público = publicly accessible.
    * de acceso rápido = fast-access.
    * de acceso restringido = closed access.
    * de acción = action-centered.
    * de acompañante = in tow.
    * de actitud = attitudinal.
    * de actuación = for action.
    * de actualidad = topical.
    * de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.
    * de acuerdo a = according to.
    * de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.
    * de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.
    * de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.
    * de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.
    * de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.
    * de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.
    * de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.
    * de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.
    * de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.
    * de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de adaptación = adaptive.
    * de †frica = African.
    * de Africa occidental = West African.
    * de agua = water-based.
    * de aguas profundas = deep-sea.
    * de ahí = therefrom.
    * de ahí que = hence.
    * de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.
    * de Alaska = Alaskan.
    * de Albania = Albanian.
    * de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcohol = spirit-based.
    * de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.
    * de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.
    * de alguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.
    * de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.
    * de algún modo u otro = of some sort.
    * de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.
    * de algún tipo = of some description.
    * de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.
    * de alta alcurnia = well-born.
    * de alta cuna = well-born.
    * de alta densidad = high-density.
    * de alta energía = high energy.
    * de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.
    * de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.
    * de alta potencia = high power.
    * de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.
    * de alta productividad = high-performance.
    * de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.
    * de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.
    * de alta tensión = heavy-current.
    * de alta velocidad = high-speed.
    * de alto abolengo = well-born.
    * de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.
    * de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.
    * de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.
    * de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.
    * de alto voltaje = high-voltage.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * de aluvión = alluvial.
    * de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * de amplio alcance = broad in scope.
    * de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.
    * de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.
    * de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].
    * de antigua generación = low-end.
    * de antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * de apariencia = cosmetic.
    * de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.
    * de aplicación específica = special-purpose.
    * de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.
    * de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.
    * de apoyo = enabling, supportive.
    * de aprovechamiento = exploitative.
    * de aquel entonces = of that day.
    * de aquí para allá = back and forth.
    * de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.
    * de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.
    * de archivo = archival, archive.
    * de armas tomar = redoubtable.
    * de arranque = bootable.
    * de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.
    * de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.
    * de asesoramiento = consultative.
    * de aspecto = looking.
    * de aspecto antiguo = old-face.
    * de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.
    * de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.
    * de aspecto digno = dignified.
    * de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.
    * de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.
    * de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.
    * de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.
    * de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.
    * de aspecto solemne = dignified.
    * de atención básica = preattentive.
    * de atención primaria = preattentive.
    * de atrás = rear.
    * de atrás para adelante = back and forth.
    * de aupa = royal.
    * de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.
    * de autogestión = self-managing.
    * de autoprotección = self-protective.
    * de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.
    * de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].
    * de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].
    * de baja ralea = ignoble.
    * de bajísima calidad = shoddy.
    * de bajo consumo = low energy.
    * de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.
    * de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.
    * de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.
    * de bajo precio = low-priced.
    * de bajo riesgo = low-risk.
    * de balde = for free.
    * de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].
    * de bienvenida = salutatory.
    * de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.
    * de bodas = bridal.
    * de Boole = Boolean.
    * de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.
    * de broma = humorously, teasingly.
    * de bronce = brass.
    * de buena calidad = good-quality.
    * de buena disposición = good-natured.
    * de buena fama = of good repute.
    * de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.
    * de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.
    * de buena reputación = of good repute.
    * de buenas = on good terms.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buena voluntad = in good faith.
    * de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.
    * de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.
    * de buenos modales = well-mannered.
    * de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.
    * de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.
    * de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de cachondeo = teasingly.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.
    * de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.
    * de cajón = no-brainer.
    * de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.
    * de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.
    * de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * de campo = free-range.
    * de campos fijos = fixed-field.
    * de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.
    * de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.
    * de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.
    * de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.
    * de carácter = in character.
    * de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.
    * de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.
    * de castigo = punitive.
    * de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * de cerámica = ceramic.
    * de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.
    * de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.
    * de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.
    * de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].
    * de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.
    * de civil = in plain clothes.
    * de clasificación = classificatory.
    * de clausura = cloistered.
    * de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.
    * de cobre = cupric.
    * de cojones = badass.
    * de colegas = collegial, buddying.
    * de Colombia = Colombian.
    * de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.
    * de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.
    * de color de bronce = brassy.
    * de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].
    * de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].
    * de colorines = brightly coloured.
    * de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.
    * de color rojo = red-coloured.
    * de color rosa = rose-coloured.
    * de color verde botella = bottle green.
    * de color verde oscuro = bottle green.
    * de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.
    * de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * de compañeros = collegial.
    * de complicidad = knowing.
    * de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.
    * de conceptos = concept-based.
    * de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.
    * de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.
    * de confirmación = confirmatory.
    * de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.
    * de conformidad con eso = accordingly.
    * de conífera = coniferous.
    * de construcción básica = brick and frame.
    * de construcción sólida = solidly-built.
    * de consulta fácil = scannable.
    * de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.
    * de consumo = consumptive.
    * de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * de contrabando = bootleg.
    * de contrapunto = contrapuntal.
    * de Corea = Korean.
    * de Corea del Sur = South Korean.
    * de corral = free-range.
    * de corta duración = short term [short-term].
    * de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.
    * de coste cero = zero-cost.
    * de costumbre = usual, usually.
    * de creación = authorial.
    * de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.
    * de cría intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de Crimea = Crimean.
    * de cristal = glass.
    * de crucial importancia = crucially important.
    * de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.
    * de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.
    * de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].
    * de cualquier modo = however, either way.
    * de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.
    * de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de cuatro estrellas = four-star.
    * de Cuba = Cuban.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.
    * de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.
    * de densidad doble = double-density.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de derechas = right-wing.
    * de derecho = de jure [iure].
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de desarrollo = developmental.
    * de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.
    * de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.
    * de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.
    * de desconexión = cut-off.
    * de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.
    * de desecho = discarded.
    * de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].
    * de desguace = written-off.
    * de despedida = valedictory.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de diámetro = in diameter.
    * de diario = everyday.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de diesel = diesel-powered.
    * de diferente modo = differently.
    * de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].
    * de difícil solución = intractable.
    * de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.
    * de dirección = directorial, administrative.
    * de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.
    * de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.
    * de doble filo = double-edged.
    * de doble hoja = double-hinged.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * de doble uso = dual-use.
    * de dolor = in pain.
    * de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].
    * de donde = whence, whence, from whence.
    * ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.
    * de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de dos en dos = two at a time.
    * de dos letras = two-letter.
    * de dos niveles = two-tier.
    * de dos páginas = two-page.
    * de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].
    * de dos patas = two-legged.
    * de dos piernas = two-legged.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].
    * de dos tonalidades = bitonal.
    * de dos tonos = bitonal.
    * de dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * de duelo = in mourning.
    * de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].
    * de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.
    * de edad = elderly.
    * de edad avanzada = over the hill.
    * de edad escolar = school-age.
    * de edad mediana = middle-aged.
    * de edad universitaria = college-age.
    * de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.
    * de ello = thereof, therefrom.
    * de ellos = theirs.
    * de embalsamar = embalming.
    * de emisor a receptor = downstream.
    * de encaje = lacy.
    * de enmienda = amendatory.
    * de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.
    * de entonces = of the day.
    * de entreguerras = interwar.
    * de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.
    * de entretenimiento = recreational.
    * de envergadura = heavy lifting.
    * de época = vintage.
    * de epopeya = epic.
    * de esa época = of the period.
    * de escándalo = outrageous.
    * de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.
    * de eso = thereof.
    * de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.
    * de especial importancia = of particular note.
    * de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu libre = free-spirited.
    * de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.
    * de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de Estonia = Estonian.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * de estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.
    * de evaluación = evaluative.
    * de éxito = successful.
    * de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de expansión = expanded.
    * de explotación = exploitative.
    * de extensión = in length.
    * de extensión normal = standard-length.
    * de extremada urgencia = serious.
    * de fabricación casera = homemade.
    * de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.
    * de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.
    * de fácil manejo = liftable.
    * de facto = de facto.
    * de fama = of note.
    * de fama internacional = of international renown.
    * de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.
    * de felpa = plush.
    * de fiar = legit.
    * de fichas = card-based.
    * de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.
    * de final de año = end-year.
    * de final de mes = end-of-the-month.
    * de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de forma = in form.
    * de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.
    * de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.
    * de forma alternativa = alternatively.
    * de forma anónima = anonymously.
    * de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma apreciable = markedly.
    * de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma audible = audibly.
    * de forma autónoma = autonomously.
    * de forma caprichosa = capriciously.
    * de formación = formative.
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * de forma cognitiva = cognitively.
    * de forma colegiada = collegially.
    * de forma combinada = in combination.
    * de forma competitiva = competitively.
    * de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.
    * de forma concisa = concisely.
    * de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * de forma considerable = considerably.
    * de forma continuada = continuously.
    * de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.
    * de forma deductiva = deductively.
    * de forma desastrosa = disastrously.
    * de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.
    * de forma diferente = differently shaped.
    * de forma digital = digitally.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de forma económica = cost-effectively.
    * de forma errática = erratically.
    * de forma escandalosa = outrageously.
    * de forma especulativa = speculatively.
    * de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.
    * de forma exquisita = exquisitely.
    * de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma federal = federally.
    * de forma general = widely, bulk.
    * de forma global = holistically.
    * de forma graciosa = funnily.
    * de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma grotesca = grotesquely.
    * de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de forma heurística = heuristically.
    * de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.
    * de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.
    * de forma indirecta = circuitous route.
    * de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de forma innata = innately.
    * de forma irregular = erratically.
    * de forma lamentable = miserably.
    * de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.
    * de forma mágica = magically.
    * de forma mecánica = mechanically.
    * de forma mordaz = pungently.
    * de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.
    * de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma negativa = in a negative light.
    * de forma neutral = neutrally.
    * de forma notoria = markedly.
    * de forma opcional = optionally.
    * de forma óptima = optimally.
    * de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.
    * de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.
    * de forma práctica = pragmatically.
    * de forma precisa = precisely.
    * de forma provocativa = provocatively.
    * de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.
    * de forma que = in ways that.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de forma rara = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma recíproca = reciprocally.
    * de forma rentable = cost-effectively.
    * de forma residual = residually.
    * de forma ridícula = grotesquely.
    * de forma saludable = healthily.
    * de forma sana = healthily.
    * de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.
    * de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.
    * de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.
    * de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.
    * de forma sublime = subliminally.
    * de forma suscinta = in brief.
    * de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.
    * de forma tosca = in crude form.
    * de forma trágica = tragically.
    * de fotograma completo = full-frame.
    * de fotograma doble = half-frame.
    * de frente = head-on, frontal.
    * de fuera = outside, off-side.
    * de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.
    * de fuerza = forceful.
    * de funcionamiento = operating, operational.
    * de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.
    * de gala = gala.
    * de Galileo = Galilean.
    * de Gambia = Gambian.
    * de gas = gas-powered.
    * de generación a generación = from generation to generation.
    * de generación en generación = from generation to generation.
    * de geofísica = geophysical.
    * de gestión = managerial, back-office.
    * de gestión del museo = curatorial.
    * de Glasgow = Glaswegian.
    * de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.
    * de grado básico = junior grade.
    * de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de gran belleza = scenic.
    * de gran calibre = high-calibre.
    * de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * de gran corazón = big-hearted.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * de gran éxito comercial = high selling.
    * de gran formato = oversized, oversize.
    * de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].
    * de gran influencia = seminal.
    * de granja = free-range.
    * de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.
    * de gran lujo = top-class.
    * de gran potencia = high-powered.
    * de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.
    * de gran talento = talented.
    * de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.
    * de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.
    * de gran venta = high selling.
    * de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.
    * de guasa = teasingly.
    * de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.
    * de habla alemana = German-speaking.
    * de habla francesa = French-speaking.
    * de habla inglesa = English-speaking.
    * de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * de hierbas = herbal.
    * de hierro = iron, ferric.
    * de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.
    * de hoja caduca = deciduous.
    * de hoja perenne = evergreen.
    * de hojas largas = long-leaved.
    * de Homero = Homeric.
    * de hongos = fungal.
    * de horticultura = horticultural.
    * de hoy = present-day.
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * de huelga = striking.
    * de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].
    * de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.
    * de ideas afines = like-minded.
    * de igual a igual = as a peer.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual longitud = of equal length.
    * de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.
    * de imitación = copycat.
    * de importancia = of note, of consequence.
    * de importancia creciente = of growing importance.
    * de importancia crucial = crucially important.
    * de importancia fundamental = critically important.
    * de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.
    * de incalculable valor = priceless.
    * de incógnito = incognito.
    * de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.
    * de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].
    * de inmediato = immediately.
    * de inspiración = inspirational.
    * de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.
    * de intereses similares = of like interest.
    * de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.
    * de interés humano = human interest.
    * de interés periodístico = newsworthy.
    * de investigación = exploratory.
    * de isótopos = isotopic.
    * de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.
    * de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].
    * de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de Kenia = Kenyan.
    * de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].
    * de la adolescencia = teenage.
    * de la alcaldía = mayoral.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de la cara = facial.
    * de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.
    * de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.
    * de la cóclea = cochlear.
    * de la columna vertebral = spinal.
    * de la comedia = comedic.
    * de la corteza = crustal, cortical.
    * de la cría de aves = avicultural.
    * de la duramadre = dural.
    * de la edad media = dark-age.
    * de la embajada = ambassadorial.
    * de la época = of the time(s), of the day.
    * de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.
    * de la época victoriana = Victorian.
    * de la espina dorsal = spinal.
    * de la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way .
    * de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.
    * de la fóvea = foveal.
    * de la gama alta = high-end.
    * de la gama baja = low-end.
    * de la gama inferior = low-end.
    * de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].
    * de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].
    * de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].
    * de la malaria = malarial.
    * de la mama = mammary.
    * de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.
    * de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.
    * de la manera normal = in the normal manner.
    * de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.
    * de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.
    * de la marina = marine.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.
    * * *
    I
    1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

    la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

    no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

    su padre de usted — (frml) your father

    es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

    2)
    [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

    Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

    los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

    las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

    ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

    3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

    es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

    de... a... — from... to...

    4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

    una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

    5) (expresando causa, modo)

    de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

    de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

    6)
    a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

    ¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

    la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

    de niño — as a o when he was a child

    7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

    ¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

    8)
    a) (al definir, especificar)

    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

    es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

    ¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

    lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

    qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

    10)

    pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

    cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

    un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

    12) ( en calidad de) as
    13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

    estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

    a)

    de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

    b)

    ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

    es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

    II
    * * *
    = across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

    Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

    Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.
    Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.
    Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.
    Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.
    Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.
    Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    * abogado de oficio = legal aid.
    * actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.
    * alabanza de boquilla = lip service.
    * alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.
    * autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.
    * comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.
    * de... a = through.
    * de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.
    * de abolengo = well-born.
    * de abordo = in-flight.
    * de absorción = absorptive.
    * de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.
    * de acceso público = publicly accessible.
    * de acceso rápido = fast-access.
    * de acceso restringido = closed access.
    * de acción = action-centered.
    * de acompañante = in tow.
    * de actitud = attitudinal.
    * de actuación = for action.
    * de actualidad = topical.
    * de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.
    * de acuerdo a = according to.
    * de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.
    * de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.
    * de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.
    * de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.
    * de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.
    * de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.
    * de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.
    * de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.
    * de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.
    * de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de adaptación = adaptive.
    * de †frica = African.
    * de Africa occidental = West African.
    * de agua = water-based.
    * de aguas profundas = deep-sea.
    * de ahí = therefrom.
    * de ahí que = hence.
    * de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.
    * de Alaska = Alaskan.
    * de Albania = Albanian.
    * de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcohol = spirit-based.
    * de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.
    * de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.
    * de alguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.
    * de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.
    * de algún modo u otro = of some sort.
    * de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.
    * de algún tipo = of some description.
    * de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.
    * de alta alcurnia = well-born.
    * de alta cuna = well-born.
    * de alta densidad = high-density.
    * de alta energía = high energy.
    * de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.
    * de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.
    * de alta potencia = high power.
    * de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.
    * de alta productividad = high-performance.
    * de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.
    * de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.
    * de alta tensión = heavy-current.
    * de alta velocidad = high-speed.
    * de alto abolengo = well-born.
    * de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.
    * de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.
    * de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.
    * de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.
    * de alto voltaje = high-voltage.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * de aluvión = alluvial.
    * de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * de amplio alcance = broad in scope.
    * de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.
    * de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.
    * de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].
    * de antigua generación = low-end.
    * de antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * de apariencia = cosmetic.
    * de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.
    * de aplicación específica = special-purpose.
    * de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.
    * de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.
    * de apoyo = enabling, supportive.
    * de aprovechamiento = exploitative.
    * de aquel entonces = of that day.
    * de aquí para allá = back and forth.
    * de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.
    * de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.
    * de archivo = archival, archive.
    * de armas tomar = redoubtable.
    * de arranque = bootable.
    * de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.
    * de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.
    * de asesoramiento = consultative.
    * de aspecto = looking.
    * de aspecto antiguo = old-face.
    * de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.
    * de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.
    * de aspecto digno = dignified.
    * de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.
    * de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.
    * de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.
    * de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.
    * de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.
    * de aspecto solemne = dignified.
    * de atención básica = preattentive.
    * de atención primaria = preattentive.
    * de atrás = rear.
    * de atrás para adelante = back and forth.
    * de aupa = royal.
    * de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.
    * de autogestión = self-managing.
    * de autoprotección = self-protective.
    * de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.
    * de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].
    * de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].
    * de baja ralea = ignoble.
    * de bajísima calidad = shoddy.
    * de bajo consumo = low energy.
    * de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.
    * de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.
    * de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.
    * de bajo precio = low-priced.
    * de bajo riesgo = low-risk.
    * de balde = for free.
    * de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].
    * de bienvenida = salutatory.
    * de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.
    * de bodas = bridal.
    * de Boole = Boolean.
    * de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.
    * de broma = humorously, teasingly.
    * de bronce = brass.
    * de buena calidad = good-quality.
    * de buena disposición = good-natured.
    * de buena fama = of good repute.
    * de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.
    * de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.
    * de buena reputación = of good repute.
    * de buenas = on good terms.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buena voluntad = in good faith.
    * de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.
    * de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.
    * de buenos modales = well-mannered.
    * de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.
    * de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.
    * de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de cachondeo = teasingly.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.
    * de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.
    * de cajón = no-brainer.
    * de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.
    * de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.
    * de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * de campo = free-range.
    * de campos fijos = fixed-field.
    * de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.
    * de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.
    * de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.
    * de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.
    * de carácter = in character.
    * de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.
    * de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.
    * de castigo = punitive.
    * de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * de cerámica = ceramic.
    * de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.
    * de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.
    * de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.
    * de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].
    * de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.
    * de civil = in plain clothes.
    * de clasificación = classificatory.
    * de clausura = cloistered.
    * de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.
    * de cobre = cupric.
    * de cojones = badass.
    * de colegas = collegial, buddying.
    * de Colombia = Colombian.
    * de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.
    * de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.
    * de color de bronce = brassy.
    * de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].
    * de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].
    * de colorines = brightly coloured.
    * de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.
    * de color rojo = red-coloured.
    * de color rosa = rose-coloured.
    * de color verde botella = bottle green.
    * de color verde oscuro = bottle green.
    * de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.
    * de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * de compañeros = collegial.
    * de complicidad = knowing.
    * de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.
    * de conceptos = concept-based.
    * de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.
    * de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.
    * de confirmación = confirmatory.
    * de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.
    * de conformidad con eso = accordingly.
    * de conífera = coniferous.
    * de construcción básica = brick and frame.
    * de construcción sólida = solidly-built.
    * de consulta fácil = scannable.
    * de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.
    * de consumo = consumptive.
    * de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * de contrabando = bootleg.
    * de contrapunto = contrapuntal.
    * de Corea = Korean.
    * de Corea del Sur = South Korean.
    * de corral = free-range.
    * de corta duración = short term [short-term].
    * de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.
    * de coste cero = zero-cost.
    * de costumbre = usual, usually.
    * de creación = authorial.
    * de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.
    * de cría intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de Crimea = Crimean.
    * de cristal = glass.
    * de crucial importancia = crucially important.
    * de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.
    * de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.
    * de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].
    * de cualquier modo = however, either way.
    * de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.
    * de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de cuatro estrellas = four-star.
    * de Cuba = Cuban.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.
    * de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.
    * de densidad doble = double-density.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de derechas = right-wing.
    * de derecho = de jure [iure].
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de desarrollo = developmental.
    * de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.
    * de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.
    * de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.
    * de desconexión = cut-off.
    * de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.
    * de desecho = discarded.
    * de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].
    * de desguace = written-off.
    * de despedida = valedictory.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de diámetro = in diameter.
    * de diario = everyday.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de diesel = diesel-powered.
    * de diferente modo = differently.
    * de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].
    * de difícil solución = intractable.
    * de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.
    * de dirección = directorial, administrative.
    * de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.
    * de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.
    * de doble filo = double-edged.
    * de doble hoja = double-hinged.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * de doble uso = dual-use.
    * de dolor = in pain.
    * de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].
    * de donde = whence, whence, from whence.
    * ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.
    * de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de dos en dos = two at a time.
    * de dos letras = two-letter.
    * de dos niveles = two-tier.
    * de dos páginas = two-page.
    * de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].
    * de dos patas = two-legged.
    * de dos piernas = two-legged.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].
    * de dos tonalidades = bitonal.
    * de dos tonos = bitonal.
    * de dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * de duelo = in mourning.
    * de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].
    * de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.
    * de edad = elderly.
    * de edad avanzada = over the hill.
    * de edad escolar = school-age.
    * de edad mediana = middle-aged.
    * de edad universitaria = college-age.
    * de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.
    * de ello = thereof, therefrom.
    * de ellos = theirs.
    * de embalsamar = embalming.
    * de emisor a receptor = downstream.
    * de encaje = lacy.
    * de enmienda = amendatory.
    * de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.
    * de entonces = of the day.
    * de entreguerras = interwar.
    * de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.
    * de entretenimiento = recreational.
    * de envergadura = heavy lifting.
    * de época = vintage.
    * de epopeya = epic.
    * de esa época = of the period.
    * de escándalo = outrageous.
    * de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.
    * de eso = thereof.
    * de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.
    * de especial importancia = of particular note.
    * de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu libre = free-spirited.
    * de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.
    * de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de Estonia = Estonian.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * de estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.
    * de evaluación = evaluative.
    * de éxito = successful.
    * de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de expansión = expanded.
    * de explotación = exploitative.
    * de extensión = in length.
    * de extensión normal = standard-length.
    * de extremada urgencia = serious.
    * de fabricación casera = homemade.
    * de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.
    * de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.
    * de fácil manejo = liftable.
    * de facto = de facto.
    * de fama = of note.
    * de fama internacional = of international renown.
    * de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.
    * de felpa = plush.
    * de fiar = legit.
    * de fichas = card-based.
    * de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.
    * de final de año = end-year.
    * de final de mes = end-of-the-month.
    * de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de forma = in form.
    * de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.
    * de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.
    * de forma alternativa = alternatively.
    * de forma anónima = anonymously.
    * de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma apreciable = markedly.
    * de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma audible = audibly.
    * de forma autónoma = autonomously.
    * de forma caprichosa = capriciously.
    * de formación = formative.
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * de forma cognitiva = cognitively.
    * de forma colegiada = collegially.
    * de forma combinada = in combination.
    * de forma competitiva = competitively.
    * de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.
    * de forma concisa = concisely.
    * de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * de forma considerable = considerably.
    * de forma continuada = continuously.
    * de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.
    * de forma deductiva = deductively.
    * de forma desastrosa = disastrously.
    * de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.
    * de forma diferente = differently shaped.
    * de forma digital = digitally.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de forma económica = cost-effectively.
    * de forma errática = erratically.
    * de forma escandalosa = outrageously.
    * de forma especulativa = speculatively.
    * de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.
    * de forma exquisita = exquisitely.
    * de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma federal = federally.
    * de forma general = widely, bulk.
    * de forma global = holistically.
    * de forma graciosa = funnily.
    * de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma grotesca = grotesquely.
    * de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de forma heurística = heuristically.
    * de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.
    * de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.
    * de forma indirecta = circuitous route.
    * de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de forma innata = innately.
    * de forma irregular = erratically.
    * de forma lamentable = miserably.
    * de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.
    * de forma mágica = magically.
    * de forma mecánica = mechanically.
    * de forma mordaz = pungently.
    * de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.
    * de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma negativa = in a negative light.
    * de forma neutral = neutrally.
    * de forma notoria = markedly.
    * de forma opcional = optionally.
    * de forma óptima = optimally.
    * de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.
    * de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.
    * de forma práctica = pragmatically.
    * de forma precisa = precisely.
    * de forma provocativa = provocatively.
    * de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.
    * de forma que = in ways that.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de forma rara = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma recíproca = reciprocally.
    * de forma rentable = cost-effectively.
    * de forma residual = residually.
    * de forma ridícula = grotesquely.
    * de forma saludable = healthily.
    * de forma sana = healthily.
    * de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.
    * de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.
    * de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.
    * de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.
    * de forma sublime = subliminally.
    * de forma suscinta = in brief.
    * de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.
    * de forma tosca = in crude form.
    * de forma trágica = tragically.
    * de fotograma completo = full-frame.
    * de fotograma doble = half-frame.
    * de frente = head-on, frontal.
    * de fuera = outside, off-side.
    * de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.
    * de fuerza = forceful.
    * de funcionamiento = operating, operational.
    * de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.
    * de gala = gala.
    * de Galileo = Galilean.
    * de Gambia = Gambian.
    * de gas = gas-powered.
    * de generación a generación = from generation to generation.
    * de generación en generación = from generation to generation.
    * de geofísica = geophysical.
    * de gestión = managerial, back-office.
    * de gestión del museo = curatorial.
    * de Glasgow = Glaswegian.
    * de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.
    * de grado básico = junior grade.
    * de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de gran belleza = scenic.
    * de gran calibre = high-calibre.
    * de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * de gran corazón = big-hearted.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * de gran éxito comercial = high selling.
    * de gran formato = oversized, oversize.
    * de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].
    * de gran influencia = seminal.
    * de granja = free-range.
    * de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.
    * de gran lujo = top-class.
    * de gran potencia = high-powered.
    * de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.
    * de gran talento = talented.
    * de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.
    * de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.
    * de gran venta = high selling.
    * de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.
    * de guasa = teasingly.
    * de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.
    * de habla alemana = German-speaking.
    * de habla francesa = French-speaking.
    * de habla inglesa = English-speaking.
    * de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * de hierbas = herbal.
    * de hierro = iron, ferric.
    * de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.
    * de hoja caduca = deciduous.
    * de hoja perenne = evergreen.
    * de hojas largas = long-leaved.
    * de Homero = Homeric.
    * de hongos = fungal.
    * de horticultura = horticultural.
    * de hoy = present-day.
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * de huelga = striking.
    * de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].
    * de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.
    * de ideas afines = like-minded.
    * de igual a igual = as a peer.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual longitud = of equal length.
    * de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.
    * de imitación = copycat.
    * de importancia = of note, of consequence.
    * de importancia creciente = of growing importance.
    * de importancia crucial = crucially important.
    * de importancia fundamental = critically important.
    * de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.
    * de incalculable valor = priceless.
    * de incógnito = incognito.
    * de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.
    * de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].
    * de inmediato = immediately.
    * de inspiración = inspirational.
    * de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.
    * de intereses similares = of like interest.
    * de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.
    * de interés humano = human interest.
    * de interés periodístico = newsworthy.
    * de investigación = exploratory.
    * de isótopos = isotopic.
    * de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.
    * de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].
    * de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de Kenia = Kenyan.
    * de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].
    * de la adolescencia = teenage.
    * de la alcaldía = mayoral.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de la cara = facial.
    * de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.
    * de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.
    * de la cóclea = cochlear.
    * de la columna vertebral = spinal.
    * de la comedia = comedic.
    * de la corteza = crustal, cortical.
    * de la cría de aves = avicultural.
    * de la duramadre = dural.
    * de la edad media = dark-age.
    * de la embajada = ambassadorial.
    * de la época = of the time(s), of the day.
    * de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.
    * de la época victoriana = Victorian.
    * de la espina dorsal = spinal.
    * de la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way.
    * de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.
    * de la fóvea = foveal.
    * de la gama alta = high-end.
    * de la gama baja = low-end.
    * de la gama inferior = low-end.
    * de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].
    * de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].
    * de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].
    * de la malaria = malarial.
    * de la mama = mammary.
    * de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.
    * de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.
    * de la manera normal = in the normal manner.
    * de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.
    * de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.
    * de la marina = marine.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili

    * * *
    de1
    A
    (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's house
    el rey de Francia the king of France
    el cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthday
    el cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleagues
    no es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirs
    su padre de usted ( frml); your father
    un amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son's
    es un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friend
    un estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year student
    el nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandson
    la mesa de la cocina the kitchen table
    la correa del perro the dog's leash
    un avión de Mexair a Mexair plane
    la tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lid
    las calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streets
    la subida de los precios the rise in prices
    al término de la reunión at the end of the meeting
    B
    la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima
    el aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airport
    el mes de enero the month of January
    el imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brother
    el bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her
    2
    (en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!
    ¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)
    C
    (con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocena
    los señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabado
    D
    ( Arg crit) (a casa de): voy del médico I'm going to the doctor's
    A
    1
    (expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bank
    es de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotá
    lo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the library
    lo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floor
    mis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from America
    he recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Julia
    un hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wife
    al salir de la tienda as he left the store
    DE … A …:
    de aquí a tu casa from here to your house
    un amigo de la infancia a childhood friend
    data del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th century
    la literatura de ese período the literature of o from that period
    lo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosales
    de un día para otro from one day to the next
    DE … A …:
    está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and five
    de aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yet
    B
    (expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old age
    verde de envidia green with envy
    estaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so much
    eso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so little
    A
    (introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patience
    un chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad taste
    objetos de mucho valor objects of great value
    un pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish
    ¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?
    tiene cara de aburrido he looks bored
    ese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mother
    tienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled child
    una botella de un litro a liter bottle
    un niño de tres meses a three-month-old child
    déme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilo
    la chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coat
    la señora de azul the lady in blue
    un hombre de pelo largo a man with long hair
    un anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]
    B
    (al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany table
    una inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
    el complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dish
    son de plástico they're (made of) plastic
    un curso de secretariado a secretarial course
    nos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagne
    una colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stamps
    un millón de dólares a million dollars
    C
    (con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!
    ¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!
    D
    (al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get it
    aprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom button
    E
    1
    (con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 students
    pagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
    cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100
    pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo
    un número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 29
    3
    (en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
    subió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a time
    de a poco (CS); little by little, gradually
    4
    (CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/fours
    entraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente2 m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]
    está de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private school
    le ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editor
    hace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the play
    le habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to man
    G
    1
    (limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty face
    es corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shouldered
    es sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear
    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?
    tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide
    2
    (refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a child
    H
    (en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad mood
    I
    (indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brush
    el trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silver
    lo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glasses
    dales algo de comer give them something to eat
    ¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]
    una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novel
    seguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the family
    una casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by trees
    viene acompañado de arroz it is served with rice
    acompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wife
    A
    ¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?
    se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mine
    el mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez children
    un cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink
    2
    (con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of all
    la ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the world
    B
    (refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at night
    duerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at night
    salieron de madrugada they left very early in the morning
    ver tb mañana3 f A. (↑ mañana (3)), tarde2 (↑ tarde (2)), etc
    A DE + INF:
    de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlier
    de no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be considered
    de continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persists
    B SER DE + INF
    (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …
    no son de fiar they are not to be trusted
    es de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of note
    C
    de no ( AmL); if not
    de2
    * * *

    Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)

    dé es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    dar    
    de    
    dé
    dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
    1


    déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
    See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
    b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

    2
    a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;


    b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

    ‹información/idea› to give
    3
    a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

    b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

    c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

    4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;

    nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
    5
    a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

    ◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

    dales saludos give/send them my regards;
    tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
    b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;


    1
    a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

    ‹ dividendos› to pay;

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

    ◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

    venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
    ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
    2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
    ‹ problemas› to cause;

    el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
    1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
    ◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
    2
    a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

    ‹baile/banquete› to hold;
    ‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
    b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

    ver tb clase 4
    ( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;

    dame un beso give me a kiss;
    ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
    ( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:

    ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
    ¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
    verbo intransitivo
    1


    [ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
    [fachada/frente] to face
    2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;

    dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
    3 ( arrojar un resultado):

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
    a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
    4 ( importar):

    ¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
    ¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
    me da igual I don't mind
    5 ( en naipes) to deal
    1
    a) (pegar, golpear): déle a algn to hit sb;

    ( como castigo) to smack sb;

    el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post


    2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
    ‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
    ‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
    3


    ‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
    ‹ palabra› to come up with
    4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
    ◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

    5 [sol/luz]:

    la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
    darse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
    2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
    3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

    a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

    ◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

    dárselas de listo to act smart
    b) (golpearse, pegarse):


    se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
    se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
    ( considerarse) dése por algo:

    ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
    de 1 preposición
    1
    a) (pertenencia, posesión):


    el rey dé Francia the king of France;
    no es dé él it isn't his;
    es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
    un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
    la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
    un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane


    el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
    el mes dé enero the month of January
    2
    a) (procedencia, origen, tiempo) from;

    ◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;

    una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
    un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
    la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
    dé aquí a tu casa from here to your house
    b) (material, contenido, composición):


    una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
    un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
    un millón dé dólares a million dollars
    c) (causa, modo):


    dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
    verde dé envidia green with envy;
    temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
    dé memoria by heart;
    lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow


    rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
    3
    a) (cualidades, características):


    objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
    ¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
    tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
    una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
    la chica dé azul the girl in blue
    b) (al definir, especificar):


    tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
    es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
    uno dé los míos one of mine;
    el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
    4
    a) ( con cifras):

    ◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%


    ◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;

    pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
    un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29


    la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world

    ◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;

    dé madrugada early in the morning
    5
    a) ( en calidad de) as;


    hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the play
    b) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):


    estamos dé fiesta we're having a party
    c) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):


    copas dé vino wine glasses;
    ropa dé cama bed clothes;
    dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
    ¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
    6 ( con sentido condicional):

    dé no ser así otherwise
    de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
    dé see
    ◊ dar

    dar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
    2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
    le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
    3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
    (un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
    dar las gracias, to thank
    4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
    5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
    6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
    (fruto, flores) to bear
    (beneficio, interés) to give, yield
    7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
    (un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
    le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
    8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
    9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
    (impartir clases) to teach
    (recibir una clase) to have
    US to take
    10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
    11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
    12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
    (del gas, agua) to turn on
    13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
    14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
    (un masaje, medicamento) to give
    15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
    ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
    dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
    16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
    17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
    dar un paseo, to go for a walk
    dar una voz, to give a shout
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
    2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
    (una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
    dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
    ♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
    le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
    dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
    dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
    dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
    dar que hablar, to set people talking
    dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
    dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
    de preposición
    1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
    la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
    el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
    la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
    2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
    una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
    (contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
    3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
    un curso de inglés, an English course
    un libro de arte, a book on art
    4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
    5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
    una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
    6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
    de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
    7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
    un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
    8 (causa) with, because of
    llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
    morir de hambre, to die of hunger
    9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
    un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
    10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
    la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
    11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
    de año en año, year in year out
    de día, by day
    de noche, at night
    de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
    de pequeño, as a child
    12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
    libro de consulta, reference book
    máquina de escribir, typewriter
    13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
    lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
    14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
    (con superlativo) in
    el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
    15 (precio) for
    un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
    una botella de litro, a litre bottle
    17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
    de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
    de ser cierto, if it was o were true
    18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
    de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time

    'dé' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - a. C.
    - a.m.
    - abajo
    - abanderada
    - abanderado
    - abandonar
    - abandonarse
    - abandono
    - abanico
    - abarrotar
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abarrotería
    - abastecer
    - abastecerse
    - abastecimiento
    - abasto
    - abatir
    - abatimiento
    - abatirse
    - abdicar
    - abertura
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - ablandar
    - abogar
    - abogacía
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abominable
    - abono
    - abortar
    - abrir
    - abridor
    - abrigo
    - abrupta
    - abrupto
    - absoluta
    - absolutamente
    - absoluto
    - abstenerse
    - abstención
    - abstinencia
    - abstraerse
    - abuelo
    - abuhardillada
    - abuhardillado
    English:
    A
    - A-level
    - a.m.
    - AA
    - abandon
    - ABC
    - ability
    - ablaze
    - aboard
    - about
    - about-face
    - about-turn
    - above
    - abreast
    - abroad
    - abrupt
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolve
    - absorb
    - abstain
    - abstract
    - abundance
    - abuse
    - AC
    - accepted
    - access road
    - accident
    - accidental
    - acclaim
    - accommodate
    - accommodation
    - accomplished
    - accomplishment
    - accordance
    - account
    - account for
    - accountable
    - accumulation
    - accuracy
    - accurate
    - accurately
    - accuse
    - accused
    - accusingly
    - accustom
    - ache
    - Achilles heel
    - aching
    - acid test
    * * *
    1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;
    el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;
    es de ella it's hers;
    la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;
    el padre de la niña the girl's father;
    el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;
    la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;
    un equipo de segunda división a second division team;
    la comida del gato the cat's food;
    el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;
    la pata de la mesa the table leg;
    una subida de precios a price rise;
    los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro
    2. [procedencia, distancia] from;
    salir de casa to leave home;
    soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;
    no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;
    de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;
    estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;
    el rey de España the king of Spain;
    tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;
    b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona
    3. [en razonamiento]
    de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;
    del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't work
    4. [con nombre en aposición]
    la ciudad de Caracas the city of Caracas;
    el túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;
    el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;
    el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagena
    5. [en descripciones]
    una película de terror a horror movie o Br film;
    la señora de verde the lady in green;
    el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;
    una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;
    ¿de qué tamaño? what size?;
    un político de fiar a trustworthy politician
    6. [materia] (made) of;
    un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;
    un reloj de oro a gold watch;
    una mesa de madera a wooden table
    7. [contenido]
    un vaso de agua a glass of water;
    un plato de lentejas a plate of lentils
    8. [precio]
    he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;
    un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stamp
    9. [uso]
    una bici de carreras a racing bike;
    ropa de deporte sportswear;
    una máquina de coser a sewing machine;
    esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes
    10. [asunto] about;
    hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;
    libros de historia history books
    11. [en calidad de] as;
    trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;
    aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;
    estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;
    al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade
    12. [tiempo] [desde] from;
    [durante] in;
    trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;
    vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;
    de madrugada early in the morning;
    a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;
    trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;
    es de día it's daytime;
    de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;
    ¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;
    un compañero del colegio a friend from school;
    Urug
    de mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;
    Urug
    de noche at night;
    Urug
    ayer salimos de noche we went out last night
    13. [causa] with;
    morirse de hambre to die of hunger;
    llorar de alegría to cry with joy;
    temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;
    eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much
    14. [manera, modo] with;
    de una patada with a kick;
    rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;
    de una sola vez in one go;
    lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;
    de tres en tres/cuatro en cuatro/ etc[m5]. three/four/ etc at a time;
    CSur
    de a tres/cuatro/ etc[m5]. in threes/fours/ etc;
    de fácil manejo user-friendly;
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel down
    15. [con valor partitivo] of;
    uno de los nuestros one of ours;
    varios de nosotros several of us;
    ¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?
    16. Literario [sobre]
    de la paz y la guerra of war and peace
    17. [en valoración]
    lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgar
    18. [en lugar de]
    yo de ti no lo haría I wouldn't do it if I were you;
    yo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her
    19. [en comparaciones]
    más/menos de… more/less than…;
    [con superlativos]
    el mejor de todos the best of all;
    el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;
    la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;
    la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market
    20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;
    de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;
    de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;
    de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday
    21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]
    el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;
    la buena de Susana good old Susana;
    ¡pobre de mí! poor me!
    22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)
    es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;
    una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable evening
    23. (después del verbo “haber”) [obligación]
    he de trabajar más I have to work harder;
    has de gastar menos you should spend less
    24. (antes de complemento agente)
    una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;
    vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family
    25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)
    el apartamento de abajo the downstairs Br flat o US apartment;
    la fila de delante the front row
    ♦ de no loc conj
    Am otherwise;
    dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you
    * * *
    de
    prp
    1 origen from;
    de Nueva York from New York;
    de … a from … to
    2 posesión of;
    el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car
    3 material (made) of;
    un anillo de oro a gold ring
    4 contenido of;
    un vaso de agua a glass of water
    :
    una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman
    6 causa with;
    temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear
    :
    de noche at night, by night;
    de día by day
    8 en calidad de as;
    trabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;
    de niño as a child
    9 agente by;
    de Goya by Goya
    10 condición if;
    de haberlo sabido if I’d known
    :
    la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima
    * * *
    de prep
    1) : of
    la casa de Pepe: Pepe's house
    un niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy
    2) : from
    es de Managua: she's from Managua
    salió del edificio: he left the building
    3) : in, at
    a las tres de la mañana: at three in the morning
    salen de noche: they go out at night
    4) : than
    más de tres: more than three
    dé dar
    * * *
    de prep
    5. (materia, tema)
    6. (origen, procedencia) from
    7. (descripción) with / in
    8. (agente) by
    10. (con números, una parte) than / of

    Spanish-English dictionary > de

  • 11 ciego

    adj.
    1 blind, unseeing, eyeless, sightless.
    2 unperceptive, blind, uncomprehending, half-blind.
    3 senseless.
    4 blind, dead-end.
    5 blind, viewless.
    m.
    1 blind man, blind person, blind, sightless person.
    2 blind intestine, caecum, cecum, blindgut.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: cegar.
    * * *
    1 (persona) blind
    2 (conducto) blocked up
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (persona) blind person
    1 ANATOMÍA caecum (US cecum), blind gut
    1 the blind
    \
    a ciegas (sin ver) blindly 2 (sin pensar) without thinking
    estar ciego,-a de ira to be blind with anger
    ponerse ciego,-a familiar (bebiendo) to get blind drunk 2 (de drogas) to get stoned
    quedarse ciego,-a to go blind
    ser ciego,-a de nacimiento to be born blind
    ————————
    1 ANATOMÍA caecum (US cecum), blind gut
    * * *
    1. (f. - ciega)
    noun
    2. (f. - ciega)
    adj.
    * * *
    ciego, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=invidente) blind

    es ciego de nacimiento — he has been blind from o since birth, he was born blind

    • dejar ciego a algn — to blind sb

    • estar ciego — to be blind

    pero ¿estás ciego? ¿no ves que el semáforo está en rojo? — are you blind or what? can't you see the lights are red?

    • quedarse ciego — to go blind

    se quedó ciego después del accidente — he was blinded in the accident, he went blind as a result of the accident

    2) [por ofuscación]
    a) [persona] blind

    • ciego a — blind to

    • ciego de celos — blind with jealousy

    ciego de ira o rabia — blind with rage

    b) [violencia] mindless, senseless; [fanatismo] mindless
    3) (=total) [confianza, fe] unquestioning, blind pey
    4) (=bloqueado) [arco, entrada] blind; [conducto, tubo] blocked
    5) ** (=borracho) blind drunk *, pissed **; [con drogas duras] high *; [con drogas blandas] stoned **

    • ponerse ciego a o de algo — (=borracho) to get pissed on sth **, get trashed on sth (EEUU) **; [con drogas duras] to get high on sth *; [con drogas blandas] to get stoned on sth **; [comiendo] to stuff o.s. with sth *

    6)

    • a ciegas —

    a) (=sin ver)

    andar o caminar a ciegas — to grope one's way

    buscó a ciegas la puerta — he searched blindly for the door, he groped about searching for the door

    • volar a ciegas — to fly blind

    b) (=sin pensar) [actuar, decidir] in the dark; [obedecer] unquestioningly, blindly pey

    creíamos a ciegas todo lo que decía el partido — we unquestioningly o pey blindly believed everything the party said, we believed everything the party said without question

    cita 1), b)
    2.
    SM / F (=invidente) blind man/blind woman

    una organización de ciegos — an organization for the blind, a blind people's organization

    3. SM
    1) Esp
    **

    ¡qué ciego llevaba! — [de alcohol] he was blind drunk * o pissed! **; [de drogas duras] he was high as a kite *; [de drogas blandas] he was stoned out of his mind **

    2) (Anat) caecum, cecum (EEUU)
    3) Caribe (=claro) forest clearing
    * * *
    I
    - ga adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( invidente) blind

    a ciegas: anduvimos a ciegas por el pasillo we groped our way along the corridor; lo decidió a ciegas he decided without thinking it through; comprar a ciegas to buy something without seeing it first; más ciego que un topo as blind as a bat; ponerse ciego a or de algo — (Esp fam) to stuff oneself with something (colloq)

    2) ( ofuscado) blind
    3) <fe/obediencia> blind
    4) <conducto/cañería> blocked; < arco> blank; < muro> blind
    5) (Esp fam) ( por alcohol) blind drunk (colloq); ( por la droga) stoned (sl)
    II
    - ga masculino, femenino
    1) ( invidente) (m) blind man; (f) blind woman

    en el país or el reino de los ciegos el tuerto es (el) rey — in the land of the blind the one-eyed man is king

    2) ciego masculino (Anat) cecum*
    3) ciego masculino (Esp arg)

    qué ciego llevaba/se cogió! — ( por droga) he was/got stoned out of his mind (sl); ( por alcohol) he was/got totally plastered (colloq)

    * * *
    I
    - ga adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( invidente) blind

    a ciegas: anduvimos a ciegas por el pasillo we groped our way along the corridor; lo decidió a ciegas he decided without thinking it through; comprar a ciegas to buy something without seeing it first; más ciego que un topo as blind as a bat; ponerse ciego a or de algo — (Esp fam) to stuff oneself with something (colloq)

    2) ( ofuscado) blind
    3) <fe/obediencia> blind
    4) <conducto/cañería> blocked; < arco> blank; < muro> blind
    5) (Esp fam) ( por alcohol) blind drunk (colloq); ( por la droga) stoned (sl)
    II
    - ga masculino, femenino
    1) ( invidente) (m) blind man; (f) blind woman

    en el país or el reino de los ciegos el tuerto es (el) rey — in the land of the blind the one-eyed man is king

    2) ciego masculino (Anat) cecum*
    3) ciego masculino (Esp arg)

    qué ciego llevaba/se cogió! — ( por droga) he was/got stoned out of his mind (sl); ( por alcohol) he was/got totally plastered (colloq)

    * * *
    ciego1
    1 = blind, mindless, blind man.

    Ex: It is the order of words that helps us to distinguish between 'office post' and 'post office' or, to quote the hackneyed example, ' blind Venetian' and 'Venetian blind'.

    Ex: This article argues that mindless adulation is no substitute for honest discussions of the bad as well as the good in young adult literature.
    Ex: Volunteering to answer a query that has not yet been asked is like helping a blind man to the other side of the street without first making sure he wants to cross.
    * a ciegas = blindfold, blindfolded, in the dark.
    * amor ciego = blind love.
    * andar a tientas y a ciegas = grope (for/toward).
    * a tientas y a ciegas = blindly, in the dark.
    * a tontas y a ciegas = headlong, runaway.
    * biblioteca para ciegos = library for the blind.
    * ciegos, los = blind, the.
    * cita a ciegas = blind date.
    * comprar a ciegas = buy + a pig in a poke.
    * curva ciega = hairpin bend, hairpin curve, hairpin turn.
    * dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * ensayo doble ciego = double-blind research study.
    * fe ciega = blind faith, blind trust.
    * hacerse el ciego = pretend + not to have seen.
    * ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.
    * licencia a ciegas = shrink-wrapped licence [shrinkwrapped licence].
    * más hambre que el perro de un ciego = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * palos de ciego = a stab in the dark, a shot in the dark.
    * pozo ciego = cesspool, cesspit.
    * punto ciego = blind spot.
    * referencia ciega o vacía = blind reference.
    * volverse ciego = become + blind.

    ciego2
    2 = drunk back, blind drunk.

    Ex: Is it not against the law to release a drunk back into society who may be still under the infuence?.

    Ex: New research published today finds that even having just one stiff drink can make you ' blind drunk'.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

    * * *
    ciego1 -ga
    A
    1 (invidente) blind
    es ciego de nacimiento he was born blind
    se quedó ciego he went blind
    el accidente lo dejó ciego he was blinded in the accident, the accident left him blind
    ¿estás ciego?, ¿no ves que está cerrado? ( fam); are you blind? can't you see that it's closed? ( colloq)
    a ciegas: no tomes decisiones importantes así, a ciegas don't rush blindly into important decisions like that
    no me gusta comprar las cosas a ciegas I don't like buying things without seeing them first
    anduvimos a ciegas por el pasillo we groped our way along the corridor
    ir ciego (en mus) to have a bad hand
    más ciego que un topo as blind as a bat
    ponerse ciego a or de algo ( Esp fam); to gorge oneself on o ( colloq) stuff oneself with sth
    está ciega a sus defectos she is blind to his faults
    B (ofuscado) blind
    ciego de celos/ira blind with jealousy/fury
    C ‹fe/obediencia› blind
    tiene una confianza ciega en sus hijos she trusts her children blindly, she has blind faith in her children
    D ‹conducto/cañería› blocked; ‹arco› blank; ‹muro› blind calle f A. (↑ calle)
    E ( Esp fam) (por el alcohol) blind drunk ( colloq), plastered ( colloq); (por la droga) stoned (sl)
    ciego2 -ga
    masculine, feminine
    A (invidente) ( masculine) blind man; ( feminine) blind woman
    en tierra de ciegos or en el país or el reino de los ciegos el tuerto es (el) rey in the land of the blind the one-eyed man is king
    B
    ciego masculine ( Anat) cecum*
    C
    ciego masculine ( Esp arg): ¡qué ciego llevaba! (por la droga) he was stoned out of his mind (sl) (por el alcohol) he was totally plastered ( colloq) o (sl) smashed
    * * *

     

    Del verbo cegar: ( conjugate cegar)

    ciego es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    cegar    
    ciego
    cegar ( conjugate cegar) verbo transitivo
    1



    2 ‹conducto/cañería› to block
    ciego
    ◊ -ga adjetivo

    1


    se quedó ciego he went blind;
    anduvimos a ciegas por el pasillo we groped our way along the corridor
    b) ( ante una realidad) estar ciego a algo to be blind to sth



    2 ‹fe/obediencia› blind
    3 ‹conducto/cañería› blocked;
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( invidente) (m) blind man;
    (f) blind woman;

    cegar verbo transitivo
    1 to blind
    2 (una puerta, ventana) to wall up
    ciego,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (persona) blind: es ciego de nacimiento, he/she was born blind
    se quedó ciego, he/she went blind
    2 familiar (atiborrado) ponerse ciego (de comida) to stuff oneself
    (de alcohol) to get blind drunk
    (de droga) to get stoned
    II sustantivo masculino argot tener/llevar un ciego impresionante, (borrachera) to be blind drunk
    (de droga) to be stoned
    III sustantivo masculino y femenino
    1 blind person
    los ciegos, the blind pl
    ♦ Locuciones: a ciegas, (sin ver nada) blindly
    (sin información o reflexión) compró el coche a ciegas, she bought the car without having a look at it

    ' ciego' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ciega
    - topo
    - aberración
    - desgracia
    - pozo
    - punto
    - tuerto
    English:
    blind
    - go
    - in
    - strike
    - unquestioning
    - be
    - cesspit
    - dead
    - disable
    - fanatical
    - mindless
    - stuff
    * * *
    ciego, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [invidente] blind;
    Juan es ciego de nacimiento Juan was born blind;
    quedarse ciego to go blind
    2. [ante algo] blind;
    el amor lo ha vuelto ciego love has made him blind
    3. [enloquecido] blinded (de by);
    entonces, ciego de ira, lo mató then, blind with rage, he killed him;
    está ciego por el esquí he's mad about skiing
    4. [pozo, tubería] blocked (up)
    5. [total] [fe, confianza] blind;
    tengo una confianza ciega en él I trust him unconditionally
    6. Esp Fam [borracho] blind drunk, Br pissed;
    muy Fam [drogado] stoned;
    nos pusimos ciegos de cerveza we got blind drunk o Br pissed on beer
    ♦ nm,f
    [invidente] blind person;
    los ciegos the blind
    ♦ nm
    1. Anat caecum
    2. Esp Fam [de droga] trip;
    tener/cogerse un ciego [de alcohol] to be/get blind drunk o plastered o Br pissed;
    llevo un ciego que no me tengo I'm totally plastered, Br I'm pissed out of my mind
    3.
    los ciegos [sorteo de la ONCE] = lottery organized by Spanish association for the blind
    4. RP [en naipes] = player who has no trump cards in their hand
    ♦ a ciegas loc adv
    blindly;
    andar a ciegas to grope one's way;
    no hagas las cosas a ciegas don't act without knowing what you are doing
    * * *
    I adj
    1 blind;
    quedar(se) ciego go blind;
    ciego de ira blind with rage;
    a ciegas blindly
    :
    intestino ciego cecum, Br caecum
    II m
    1 blind man;
    ¡eso lo ve un ciego! even a blind man can see that!
    2 ANAT cecum, Br
    caecum
    * * *
    ciego, -ga adj
    1) invidente: blind
    2)
    a ciegas : blindly
    3)
    quedarse ciego : to go blind
    ♦ ciegamente adv
    ciego, -ga n
    invidente: blind person
    * * *
    ciego1 adj blind
    ciego2 n blind person

    Spanish-English dictionary > ciego

  • 12 país

    m.
    country, nation, region.
    * * *
    1 country
    \
    del país local
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=nación) country

    los países miembros o participantes — the member countries

    país en desarrollo, país en vías de desarrollo — developing nation

    2) (=tierra) land, region
    3) (Arte) (=paisaje) landscape
    * * *
    a) ( unidad política) country
    b) ( ciudadanos) nation
    c) ( en ficción) land

    en un país lejano — in a distant o faraway land

    * * *
    = country, mainland, economy [economies, -pl.].
    Ex. It is less obviously effective to aim to generate a centralised cataloguing service which will cover all the materials acquired by libraries in a given country.
    Ex. Thus this code was important in catalogues on the mainland of Europe.
    Ex. Post-industrial economies are information-intensive.
    ----
    * afectar a todo el país = sweep + the country.
    * Alicia en el País de las Maravillas = Alice in Wonderland.
    * a lo largo y ancho del país = countrywide [country-wide].
    * código del país = country code.
    * compuesto de varios países = multi-country [multicountry].
    * corazón de un país = heartland.
    * de todo el país = across the land, all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country.
    * de un extremo a otro del país = cross-country.
    * de un país desarrollado = first world.
    * división de país = country division.
    * emigrantes que huyen de su país en barca o patera = boat people.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * en nuestro país = at home.
    * en todo el país = all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country, across the country.
    * entre países = transfrontier, transborder, transnational, cross-country, cross-national [cross national], cross-border.
    * entre varios países = multi-country [multicountry].
    * Liga de los Países †rabes = League of Arab States.
    * nacido en el país = native-born.
    * natural del país = native-born.
    * OPEC, la [Organización de Países Exportadores de Petróleo] = OPEC [Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries].
    * país anfitrión = host country.
    * país capitalista = capitalist country.
    * país con armas nucleares = nuclear state.
    * país cuya lengua oficial no es el inglés = non-English-speaking country.
    * país de adopción = adopted country.
    * país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.
    * País de Gales = Wales.
    * país de las maravillas = wonderland.
    * país del Golfo Persa = Arab Gulf country, Gulf country, Arabian Gulf state, Persian Gulf country.
    * país del tercer mundo = third world country.
    * país de origen = country of origin, national origin, home country.
    * país de procedencia = country of origin.
    * país desarrollado = developed country, developed nation, advanced economy, first-world nation.
    * país en vías de desarrollo = developing country, transitional nation, transitional economy, developing nation, emerging economy, developing economy, country with developing economy.
    * países ACP = ACP countries.
    * países árabes = Arab countries.
    * Países Bajos, los = Netherlands, the, Low Countries, the.
    * países balcánicos, los = Balkans, the.
    * países bálticos, los = Baltic countries, the, Baltics, the, Baltic States, the.
    * países de la Comunidad Europea = European Communities.
    * países de la costa del Pacífico = Pacific Rim, the.
    * países en vías de desarrollo, los = developing world, the.
    * países industrializados = industrially developed countries.
    * países miembro de la Comunidad = Community partner.
    * países nórdicos, los = Nordic countries, the.
    * país exportador = exporting country.
    * país extranjero = foreign country, overseas country.
    * país extraño = foreign country.
    * país firmante = signatory country.
    * país industrializado = industrialised country, industrialised nation, industrial nation.
    * país miembro = member country.
    * país miembro de la Comunidad = Community member state.
    * país multicultural = rainbow nation.
    * país natal = back home.
    * país productor de información científica = science producer.
    * país socialista = socialist country.
    * país subdesarrollado = undeveloped country, underdeveloped nation, banana republic, mickey mouse country.
    * país subtropical = subtropical country.
    * país tercermundista = third world country, banana republic, mickey mouse country.
    * país tropical = tropical country.
    * reducción de la cuota de los países endeudados = debt relief.
    * transferencia de información entre países = transborder data flow (TBDF).
    * vender en el extranjero a precios inferiores que en el país de origen = dump.
    * visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.
    * * *
    a) ( unidad política) country
    b) ( ciudadanos) nation
    c) ( en ficción) land

    en un país lejano — in a distant o faraway land

    * * *
    = country, mainland, economy [economies, -pl.].

    Ex: It is less obviously effective to aim to generate a centralised cataloguing service which will cover all the materials acquired by libraries in a given country.

    Ex: Thus this code was important in catalogues on the mainland of Europe.
    Ex: Post-industrial economies are information-intensive.
    * afectar a todo el país = sweep + the country.
    * Alicia en el País de las Maravillas = Alice in Wonderland.
    * a lo largo y ancho del país = countrywide [country-wide].
    * código del país = country code.
    * compuesto de varios países = multi-country [multicountry].
    * corazón de un país = heartland.
    * de todo el país = across the land, all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country.
    * de un extremo a otro del país = cross-country.
    * de un país desarrollado = first world.
    * división de país = country division.
    * emigrantes que huyen de su país en barca o patera = boat people.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * en nuestro país = at home.
    * en todo el país = all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country, across the country.
    * entre países = transfrontier, transborder, transnational, cross-country, cross-national [cross national], cross-border.
    * entre varios países = multi-country [multicountry].
    * Liga de los Países †rabes = League of Arab States.
    * nacido en el país = native-born.
    * natural del país = native-born.
    * OPEC, la [Organización de Países Exportadores de Petróleo] = OPEC [Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries].
    * país anfitrión = host country.
    * país capitalista = capitalist country.
    * país con armas nucleares = nuclear state.
    * país cuya lengua oficial no es el inglés = non-English-speaking country.
    * país de adopción = adopted country.
    * país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.
    * País de Gales = Wales.
    * país de las maravillas = wonderland.
    * país del Golfo Persa = Arab Gulf country, Gulf country, Arabian Gulf state, Persian Gulf country.
    * país del tercer mundo = third world country.
    * país de origen = country of origin, national origin, home country.
    * país de procedencia = country of origin.
    * país desarrollado = developed country, developed nation, advanced economy, first-world nation.
    * país en vías de desarrollo = developing country, transitional nation, transitional economy, developing nation, emerging economy, developing economy, country with developing economy.
    * países ACP = ACP countries.
    * países árabes = Arab countries.
    * Países Bajos, los = Netherlands, the, Low Countries, the.
    * países balcánicos, los = Balkans, the.
    * países bálticos, los = Baltic countries, the, Baltics, the, Baltic States, the.
    * países de la Comunidad Europea = European Communities.
    * países de la costa del Pacífico = Pacific Rim, the.
    * países en vías de desarrollo, los = developing world, the.
    * países industrializados = industrially developed countries.
    * países miembro de la Comunidad = Community partner.
    * países nórdicos, los = Nordic countries, the.
    * país exportador = exporting country.
    * país extranjero = foreign country, overseas country.
    * país extraño = foreign country.
    * país firmante = signatory country.
    * país industrializado = industrialised country, industrialised nation, industrial nation.
    * país miembro = member country.
    * país miembro de la Comunidad = Community member state.
    * país multicultural = rainbow nation.
    * país natal = back home.
    * país productor de información científica = science producer.
    * país socialista = socialist country.
    * país subdesarrollado = undeveloped country, underdeveloped nation, banana republic, mickey mouse country.
    * país subtropical = subtropical country.
    * país tercermundista = third world country, banana republic, mickey mouse country.
    * país tropical = tropical country.
    * reducción de la cuota de los países endeudados = debt relief.
    * transferencia de información entre países = transborder data flow (TBDF).
    * vender en el extranjero a precios inferiores que en el país de origen = dump.
    * visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.

    * * *
    El País (↑ país a1)
    A
    los países miembros the member countries
    2 (ciudadanos) nation
    se dirigió al país he addressed the nation
    el apoyo de todo el país the support of the whole nation o country
    el país de los sueños the land of Nod
    en un país lejano in a distant o faraway land
    ciego2 (↑ ciego (2))
    Compuestos:
    trading nation
    (de una persona) home country, native land; (de un producto) country of origin
    (UE) candidate countries
    (UE) Central and Eastern European Countries
    satellite, satellite nation
    B (de un abanico) covering
    * * *

     

    país sustantivo masculino



    ( de producto) country of origin;

    el Ppaís de Gales Wales;
    el Ppaís Vasco the Basque Country


    país sustantivo masculino country, land: recorrió países lejanos, he travelled around distant lands
    los países tropicales, the tropical countries
    País Valenciano, Valencia
    País Vasco, Basque Country
    Países Bajos, Netherlands pl
    ' país' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adelantada
    - adelantado
    - añorar
    - atrasada
    - atrasado
    - atraso
    - ciudad
    - Congo
    - contarse
    - damnificada
    - damnificado
    - desarraigar
    - desarrollada
    - desarrollado
    - descomposición
    - desmembrar
    - dominar
    - dominación
    - economía
    - económica
    - económico
    - ETA
    - exilio
    - fantasma
    - feudo
    - Gales
    - hambre
    - militarista
    - moneda
    - natal
    - percance
    - productor
    - productora
    - promover
    - punta
    - puntera
    - puntero
    - refugio
    - regir
    - representar
    - sacudir
    - salir
    - satélite
    - suelo
    - tierra
    - tiniebla
    - Túnez
    - vasca
    - vasco
    - abatir
    English:
    acclaim
    - acknowledge
    - acute
    - administer
    - administration
    - affair
    - alien
    - America
    - authority
    - backward
    - Basque Country
    - betray
    - brain
    - chapter
    - characteristic
    - conception
    - country
    - cripple
    - defect
    - develop
    - developing
    - distant
    - district
    - drain
    - earthquake
    - election
    - embargo
    - envisage
    - envision
    - equality
    - expatriate
    - flag
    - foreign
    - free
    - governor
    - home
    - homegrown
    - institute
    - land
    - mainland
    - map
    - mess
    - miss
    - nationwide
    - norm
    - open up
    - overcrowded
    - overrun
    - point
    - Postmaster General
    * * *
    país (pl países) nm
    1. [nación] country;
    el país votó “no” en el referéndum the country o nation voted “no” in the referendum;
    en el país de los ciegos, el tuerto es rey in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king
    los países no alineados the nonaligned countries;
    los Países Bajos the Netherlands;
    los países bálticos the Baltic States;
    países desarrollados developed countries;
    país natal native country, homeland;
    país neutral neutral country;
    país de origen country of origin;
    país de reciente industrialización newly industrialized country;
    país satélite satellite state;
    países subdesarrollados underdeveloped countries;
    el País Valenciano the autonomous region of Valencia;
    el País Vasco the Basque Country;
    países en vías de desarrollo developing countries
    2. [tierra] land;
    en un país muy lejano… in a distant o far-off land…;
    el país de nunca-jamás never-never land
    * * *
    m country;
    país en vías de desarrollo developing country;
    país productor producer country;
    país comunitario EU country;
    los Países Bajos the Netherlands
    * * *
    país nm
    1) nación: country, nation
    2) región: region, territory
    * * *
    país n country [pl. countries]

    Spanish-English dictionary > país

  • 13 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 14 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 15 गो _gō

    गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]
    1 Cattle, kine (pl.)
    -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.
    -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.
    -4 The sky.
    -5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.
    -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.
    -7 A diamond.
    -8 Heaven.
    -9 An arrow. -f.
    1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.
    -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (
    -6).
    -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.
    -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.
    -5 A mother.
    -6 A quarter of the compass.
    -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.
    -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.
    -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.
    -2 The hair of the body.
    -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.
    -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.
    -5 The sun.
    -6 The number 'nine' (in math.).
    -7 The moon.
    -8 A singer.
    -9 A billion.
    -1 A cow-sacrifice
    -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.
    -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.
    -2 the cow's hoof.
    -3 the print of a cow's hoof.
    -कर्ण a. having cow's ears.
    (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.
    -2 a mule.
    -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.
    -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.
    -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.
    -6 a kind of deer.
    -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.
    -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.
    -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough
    -2 a pestle.
    -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.
    -2 a cow-house.
    -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).
    -कुलिक a.
    1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.
    -2 squint-eyed.
    -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.
    -कृतम् cow-dung.
    -क्षीरम् cow's milk.
    -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.
    -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.
    -खा a nail.
    -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.
    -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.
    -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.
    -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.
    -2 a cow-house.
    -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.
    -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.
    -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.
    -घृतम् 1 rain-water.
    -2 clarified butter coming from a cow.
    -घ्न a.
    1 destructive to cows.
    -2 one who has killed a cow.
    -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.
    -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.
    -चर a.
    1 grazed over by cattle.
    -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.
    -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.
    -4 moving on earth.
    -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.
    -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.
    (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.
    -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.
    -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.
    -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.
    -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.
    -6 horizon.
    -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.
    -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.
    ˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).
    -चर्मन् n.
    1 a cow's hide.
    -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.
    -चारकः cowherd.
    -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.
    -ज a.
    1 born in the earth (rice &c.).
    -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.
    -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.
    -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.
    -जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (
    -कः) a preparer of food, baker.
    -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.
    -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).
    -जिह्विका the uvula.
    -जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.
    -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.
    -तीर्थम् a cowhouse.
    -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]
    1 a cow-pen.
    -2 a stable in general.
    -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.
    -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.
    -5 a multitude.
    -6 increase.
    -7 a forest.
    -8 a field.
    -9 a road.
    -1 possessions, wealth.
    -11 an umbrella, a parasol.
    -12 knowledge of futurity.
    -13 a genus, class, species.
    -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (
    -त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.
    (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.
    -2 the earth.
    ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.
    ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.
    ˚कीला the earth.
    ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.
    ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.
    ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.
    -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.
    ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.
    -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (
    -दः) brain. (
    -दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.
    -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (
    -त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (
    -त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).
    -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.
    (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.
    -2 a white fossil substance.
    -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.
    -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).
    -3 the part of the head close to the right ear.
    -दाय a. intending to give cows.
    -दारणम् 1 a plough.
    -2 a spade, hoe.
    -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.
    -दुह् m.,
    -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.
    -दोहः 1 the milking of cows.
    -2 the milk of cows.
    -3 the time of milking cows.
    -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.
    -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.
    -दोहनी a milk-pail.
    -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.
    -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.
    -2 possession of cows. (
    -नः) a broad-pointed arrow.
    -धरः a mountain.
    -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.
    -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.
    -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;
    -सम्भवम् a sour paste.
    -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).
    -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.
    -भ्रः a mountain.
    -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.
    -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.
    -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).
    -3 N. of a country.
    -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.
    -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.
    -2 a kind of gem.
    -नसा the mouth of a cow.
    -नाथः 1 a bull.
    -2 an owner of land.
    -3 a herdsman.
    -4 an owner of kine.
    -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.
    -नाशनः a wolf.
    -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.
    -नासम् a kind of gem.
    -निष्यन्दः cow's urine.
    -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.
    -2 the chief of a cowpen.
    -3 the superintendent of a village.
    -4 a king.
    -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.
    ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.
    ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.
    ˚आटविका a cowherd.
    ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.
    -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.
    ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    ˚चापः the rainbow.
    ˚दलः the betel-nut tree.
    ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.
    ˚रसः gum myrrh.
    ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.
    (-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.
    -2 myrrh.
    (-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.
    -2 protectress. (
    -पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).
    -2 a milk-maid.
    -3 a protectress.
    -4 Nature, elementary nature.
    -पतिः 1 an owner of cows.
    -2 a bull.
    -3 a leader, chief.
    -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.
    -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.
    -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -7 N. of Śiva.
    -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.
    -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.
    -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.
    -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.
    -पशुः a sacrificial cow.
    -पाः m. Ved.
    1 a herdsman.
    -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.
    -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.
    -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.
    -2 a king.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.
    -पालकः 1 a cowherd.
    -2 a king.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -पालिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.
    -पालितः N. of a lexicographer.
    -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).
    -पीतः a species of wagtail.
    -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (
    -थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.
    -पुच्छम् a cow's tail.
    -2 a particular point of an arrow.
    (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.
    -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.
    -3 a kind of drum.
    -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.
    -पुत्रः 1 a young bull.
    -2 an epithet of Karṇa.
    -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.
    -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.
    -3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.
    -पुरीषम् cowdung.
    -प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.
    -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.
    -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.
    -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.
    -प्रदानम् same as गोदान.
    -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.
    -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.
    -2 a sling.
    -बालः the hair of cows.
    -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.
    -भृत् m.
    1 a mountain.
    -2 a king.
    -मक्षिका a gadfly.
    -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.
    -मंडलम् 1 the globe.
    -2 a multitude of cows.
    -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.
    -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.
    -मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.
    -मथः a cowherd.
    -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.
    -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.
    -मांसम् beef.
    -मायु 1 a kind of frog.
    -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.
    -3 bile of a cow.
    -4 N. of a Gandharva.
    -मीनः a kind of fish.
    -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.
    (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.
    -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.
    (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.
    -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (
    -खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.
    -2 a house built unevenly.
    -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (
    -खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.
    -मूढ a. stupid as a bull.
    -मूत्रम् cow's urine.
    -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.
    -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.
    -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)
    -2 a form of calculation.
    -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).
    -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.
    -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.
    -2 a kind of poison (काकोल).
    -3 smearing the body with unguents.
    -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.
    -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.
    -युक्त a. drawn by oxen.
    -युतम् 1 a cattle station.
    -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.
    -रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.
    -2 keeping or tending cattle.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.
    -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).
    -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl
    -2 a prisoner.
    -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.
    -4 a chanter.
    -रवम् saffron.
    -रसः cow's milk.
    -2 curds.
    -3 buttermilk.
    -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.
    -राजः an excellent bull.
    -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.
    -रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.
    -रूपम् the form of a cow. (
    -पः) N. of Śiva.
    -रोचम् yellow orpiment.
    -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.
    -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.
    -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.
    -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.
    -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.
    -2 white Dūrvā grass.
    -3 Zedoary.
    -4 N. of a shrub.
    -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.
    -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.
    -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -वरम् pounded cowdung.
    -वशा a barren cow.
    -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.
    -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.
    -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.
    1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.
    -2 a hus- bandman.
    -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.
    -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.
    -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन
    -विष् f.,
    -विष्ठा cowdung.
    -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.
    -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.
    -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.
    -वीर्यम् the price received for milk.
    -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.
    -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.
    -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.
    -वैद्यः a quack docter.
    -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.
    -2 a herd of cows.
    -3 a place where cattle graze.
    -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.
    -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.
    -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.
    -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.
    -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.
    -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.
    -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.
    -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.
    -2 giving cattle.
    -ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.
    -संख्यः a cowherd.
    -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).
    -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.
    -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.
    -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (
    -स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.
    -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).
    -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.
    -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.
    -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.
    -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.
    -4 a kind of fort.
    -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.
    -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.
    -स्वामिन् m.
    1 an owner of cows.
    -2 a religious mendicant.
    -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).
    -हत्या cow-slaughter.
    -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.
    -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)
    -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (
    -तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गो _gō

  • 16 अग्निः _agniḥ

    अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']
    1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.
    -2 The God of fire.
    -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.
    -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
    -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).
    -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).
    -7 Gold.
    -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.
    -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.
    -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ
    -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.
    -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.
    -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.
    [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.
    Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].
    -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.
    -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,
    -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.
    -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.
    -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (
    -यम्) =
    ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.
    -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).
    -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.
    -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.
    -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.
    -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.
    -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.
    -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.
    -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.
    -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]
    1 cauterization.
    -2 action of fire.
    -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.
    -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).
    -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]
    1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.
    -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)
    -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.
    -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.
    -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.
    -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.
    -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]
    -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.
    -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥
    -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]
    1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.
    -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.
    -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.
    -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (
    --र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]
    1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.
    -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.
    -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.
    (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)
    -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)
    -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]
    -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.
    -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.
    -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.
    -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.
    -2 (
    -यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 a heap of fire
    -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.
    -चूडः A bird having a red tuft.
    -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.
    -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.
    (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).
    1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (
    -जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.
    -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.
    -जिह्व a.
    1 having a fiery tongue.
    -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (
    -ह्वा)
    1 a tongue or flame of fire.
    -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः
    -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)
    -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.
    -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).
    -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.
    -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]
    1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.
    -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire
    -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (
    -स् n.) the lustre of fire. (
    -स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.
    -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.
    -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]
    1 giving or supplying with fire
    -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.
    -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.
    -दग्ध a.
    1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.
    -2 burnt with fire.
    -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.
    -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]
    -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.
    -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.
    -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (
    -प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.
    -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.
    -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.
    -दूषितः a. branded.
    -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.
    -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).
    -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.
    -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.
    -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.
    -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.
    -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.
    -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.
    -पदम् 1 the word Agni.
    -2 fire-place.
    -3 N. of a plant.
    -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.
    -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.
    -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.
    -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.
    -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.
    -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.
    -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.
    -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.
    -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.
    -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.
    -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.
    -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.
    -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.
    -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.
    -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)
    -2 N. of the letter र्.
    -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]
    1 'shining like fire,' gold.
    -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.
    -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]
    1 water.
    -2 gold.
    -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.
    (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.
    -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.
    -3 (arith.) six.
    -भूति a. produced from fire. (
    -तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (
    -तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.
    -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.
    -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.
    -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]
    1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.
    -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.
    -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (
    -न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),
    -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.
    -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.
    -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.
    -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (
    -खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]
    1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)
    -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)
    -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).
    -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)
    -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त
    -6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (
    -खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]
    1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).
    -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).
    -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].
    -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.
    -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.
    -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.
    -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.
    -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.
    -रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.
    -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.
    -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.
    -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]
    1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.
    -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.
    -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7
    -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.
    -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).
    -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.
    -रूपम् the nature of fire.
    -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.
    -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.
    -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥
    -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni
    -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.
    -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.
    (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.
    -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (
    -र्णा) a strong liquor.
    -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.
    (-कः) 1 a tonic.
    -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).
    -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]
    1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.
    -2 the resinous juice of it.
    -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.
    -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]
    1 smoke.
    -2 a goat.
    -वाहनम् a goat (छाग).
    -विद् m.
    1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.
    -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.
    -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.
    -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.
    -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.
    -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.
    -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.
    -2 gold.
    -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).
    -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).
    -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.
    -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.
    -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.
    -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.
    -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.
    -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.
    (-खः) 1 a lamp.
    -2 a rocket, fiery arrow.
    -3 an arrow in general.
    -4 safflower plant.
    -5 saffron.
    -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.
    (-खम्) 1 saffron.
    -2 gold.
    (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.
    -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.
    -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.
    -शेखर a. fire-crested. (
    -रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (
    -रम्) gold,
    -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.
    -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni
    -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.
    -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.
    -2 a fire-pan.
    -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.
    -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः
    -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.
    -2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.
    -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.
    -2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).
    -3 smoke.
    -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.
    (-वः) 1 wild safflower.
    -2 lymph, result of digestion. (
    -वम्) gold.
    -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.
    -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (
    -रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.
    -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.
    -सूत्रम् a thread of fire.
    -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.
    -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.
    -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.
    -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 N. of a medicine so used.
    -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.
    -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]
    1 = अग्निष्टोम.
    -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
    -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]
    1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.
    -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.
    -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.
    -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
    -सावर्णिः Name of Manu.
    -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.
    -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).
    -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.
    -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]
    1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).
    -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (
    -त्र) a. Ved.
    1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.
    -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.
    -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]
    1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.
    -2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.
    -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अग्निः _agniḥ

  • 17 भूमिः _bhūmiḥ

    भूमिः f. [भवन्त्यस्मिन् भूतानि, भू-मि किच्च वा ङीप्]
    1 The earth (opp. स्वर्ग, गगन or पाताल); द्यौर्भूमिरापो हृदयं यमश्च Pt. 1.182; R.2.74.
    -2 Soil, ground; उत्खातिनी भूमिः Ś.1; विदूरभूमिः Ku.1.24.
    -3 A territory, district, country, land; विदर्भभूमिः.
    -4 A place, spot, ground, plot of ground; प्रमदवनभूमयः Ś.6; अधित्यकाभूमिः N.22.41; R.1. 52;3.61; Ku.3.58.
    -5 A site, situation.
    -6 Land, landed property.
    -7 A story, the floor of a house; as in सप्तभूमिकः प्रासादः; प्रासादैर्नैकभूमिभिः Rām.4.33.8.
    -8 Attitude, posture.
    -9 A character or part (in a play); cf. भूमिका.
    -1 Subject, object, receptacle; विश्वासभूमि, स्नेहभूमि &c.; मात्राणि कर्माणि पुरं च तासां वदन्ति हैकादशवीर भूमिः Bhāg.5.11.9.
    -11 Degree, extent, limit; प्रकुपितमभिसारणे- $नुनेतुं प्रियमियती ह्यबलाजनस्य भूमिः Ki.1.58.
    -12 The tongue.
    -13 The number 'one'.
    -14 The area.
    -15 The base of any geometrical figure.
    -Comp. -अनन्तरः a king of an adjacent district.
    -अनृतम् false evidence concerning land; सर्वं भूम्यनृते हन्ति मा स्म भूम्यनृतं वदीः Ms.8.99.
    -आमलकी, -आली N. of a plant; स्याद् भूम्यामलकी तिक्ता कषाया मधुरा हिमा Bhāva. P.
    -इच्छा a desire for lying on the ground.
    -इन्द्रः, -ईश्वरः 1 a king, sovereign; सभा ते भाति भूमिन्द्र सुधर्मातो$धिका क्षितौ Sūktisundara 5.28.
    -2 a mountain; आस्ते गुरुः प्रायशः सर्वराज्ञां पश्चाच्च भूमीन्द्र इवा- भियाति Mb.6.2.11.
    -कदम्बः a kind of Kadamba.
    -कम्पः an earthquake.
    -कूश्मण्डः liquorice (Mar. ज्येष्ठी- मध).
    -खर्जूरिका, -खर्जूरी a variety of date tree; 'भूमि- खर्जूरिका...... दुरारोहा मृदुच्छदा' Bhāva. P.
    -गत a. fallen to the earth.
    -गर्तः, -गुहा a hole in the ground.
    -गृहम् a cellar, an underground chamber.
    -गोचरः a man.
    -चलः, -चलनम् an earthquake; दशग्रीवः समाधूतो यथा भूमिचले$चलः Rām.6.59.61.
    -छत्रम् a mushroom.
    -ज a. earth-born, born or produced from the earth.
    (-जः) 1 the planet Mars.
    -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka.
    -3 a man.
    -4 the plant भूनिम्ब. (
    -जा) an epithet of Sītā.
    -जीविन् a. living on (the produce of) land; an agricul- turist. (-m.) a Vaiśya.
    -(र्भि)जयः Uttara, the son of Virāṭa; Mb.4.
    -तनयः the planet Mars.
    -तलम् the surface of the earth.
    -दानम् a grant of land.
    -दुन्दुभिः 'earth-drum', as a pit covered over with skins.
    -देवः a Brāhmaṇa; शिष्ट्वा वा भूमिदेवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82.
    -धरः 1 a mountain.
    -2 a king.
    -3 the number 'seven'.
    -नाथः, -पः, -पतिः, -पालः, -भुज् m.
    1 a king, sovereign; तत्तत् भूमिपतिः पत्न्यै दर्शयन् प्रियदर्शनः R.1.47.
    -2 a Kṣatriya.
    -पक्षः a swift or fleet horse.
    -परिमाणम् square measure.
    -पिशाचम् the wine-palm.
    -पुत्रः the planet Mars.
    -पुरंदरः 1 a king.
    -2 N. of Dilīpa.
    -प्रः a. filling the earth; भूमिप्रा$स्य कीर्तिर्भवति Ait. Ār.2.5.3.
    -बुध्न a. having the earth for a bottom; Ch. Up.
    -भागः a spot or portion of ground.
    -भृत् m.
    1 a mountain.
    -2 a king.
    -मण़्डा a kind of jasmine.
    -रक्षकः 1 a guardian of a country.
    -2 a swift or fleet horse.
    -रथिकः a ground charioteer; तद् यथा भूमिरथिको भूमौ रथमालिख्य योग्यां करोति । सा तस्य योग्या प्रयोगकाले सौकर्यमुत्पादयति ŚB. on MS.7.2.15.
    -रुहः a tree; A. Rām.7.4.21.
    -लाभः death (lit. returning to the dust of the earth).
    -लेपनम् cow-dung.
    -वर्धनः, -नम् a dead body, corpse; यो न याति प्रसंख्यानमस्पष्टो भूमिवर्धनः Mb.3.35.7.
    -शय a. sleeping on the ground.
    (-यः) 1 a wild pigeon.
    -2 a child, boy.
    -3 any animal living in the earth.
    -4 N. of Viṣṇu; भूशयो भूषणो भूतिः V. Sah.
    -शयनम्, -शय्या sleeping on the ground.
    -सत्रम् an offering of land; अक्षयान् लभते लोकान् भूमिसत्रं हि तस्य तत् Mb.
    -समीकृत a. thrown to the ground, floored (Mar. जमीनदोस्त), वानरै राक्षसाश्चापि द्रुमैर्भूमिसमीकृताः Rām.6.52.3.
    -संनिवेशः the general appearance of a country.
    -संभवः, -सुतः 1 the planet Mars.
    -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. (
    -वा, -ता) an epithet of Sītā.
    -स्थ a. being, standing on the ground; भूमिष्ठं नोत्सहे योद्धुं भवन्तं रथमास्थितः Mb.5. 179.1.
    -स्नुः an earth-worm.
    -स्पृश् a.
    1 blind.
    -2 lame, cripple. (-m.)
    1 a man.
    -2 mankind.
    -3 a Vaiśya.
    -4 a thief.
    -स्पोटः a mushroom.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > भूमिः _bhūmiḥ

  • 18 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 19 इन्द्रः _indrḥ

    इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.]
    1 The lord of gods.
    -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11.
    -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः.
    -4 A prince, king.
    -5 The pupil of the right eye.
    -6 N. of the plant कुटज.
    -7 Night.
    -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष.
    -9 N. of the 26th Yoga.
    -1 The human or animal soul.
    -11 A vegetable poison.
    -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra.
    -13 Greatness.
    -14 The five objects of senses.
    -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī.
    -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namu- chi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achieve- ments (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his ser- vants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, pros- perous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses.
    *****Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regard- ed as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is com- monly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage im- pressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, gran- dson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Pulo- man, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.].
    -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion.
    -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4.
    -अरिः an Asura or demon.
    -अवसानः a desert.
    -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed).
    -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष).
    -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127.
    (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse).
    -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes.
    -3 a diamond. (
    -धा) a kind of leech.
    -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra.
    -2 a throne in general.
    -3 a foot of five short syllables.
    -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods.
    -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga.
    -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra.
    - ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6.
    -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds).
    -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68).
    -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर.
    -2 a rock.
    (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra.
    -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3.
    -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata.
    -कूटः N. of a mountain
    -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (
    -ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water.
    -केतुः Indra's banner.
    -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3.
    -2 a platform.
    -3 a projection of the roof of a house.
    -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24.
    -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain.
    -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति.
    -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1.
    -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood.
    -चापम्, -धनुस् n.
    1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4.
    -2 the bow of Indra
    -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.)
    -च्छदः A neck- lace of pearls having 18 strings.
    -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings.
    -जः N. of Vālī.
    -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित).
    -जननम् Indra's birth.
    -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work).
    -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7.
    -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव]
    1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8.
    -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war.
    -3 deception, cheating.
    -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15.
    -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (
    -कः) a juggler, conjurer.
    -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is repre- sented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa.
    -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra.
    -तापनः the thundering of clouds.
    -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton.
    -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura.
    -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru.
    -द्युति Sandal
    -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Termi- nalia Arjuna (अर्जुन).
    -2 The plant कुटज.
    -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India).
    -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6.
    -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra.
    -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22.
    -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी.
    -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra.
    -2 the number one thousand.
    -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79.
    -नीलकः an emerald.
    -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची.
    -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी).
    -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain.
    -2 a blue mountain.
    -पुत्रा N. of अदिति.
    -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head.
    -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (
    -ता) the asterism Puṣya.
    -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv.
    -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63.
    -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt.
    -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī.
    -भेषजम् dried ginger.
    -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra.
    -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra.
    -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog.
    -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4.
    -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8.
    -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I.
    -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree.
    -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive bald- ness of the head.
    -2 loss of beard.
    -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise.
    -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra.
    -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host).
    -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix.
    -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी.
    -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg).
    -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6.
    -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11.
    -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6.
    -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga- vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33.
    -वाह् a. carrying Indra.
    -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree.
    -वृद्धा a kind of abscess.
    -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone.
    -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distri- butes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34.
    -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified.
    -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35.
    -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥
    -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप).
    -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br.
    -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9.
    -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali.
    -2 an epi- thet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2.
    -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu.
    -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys.
    -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree.
    -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी).
    -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23.
    -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host.
    -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2.
    -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -स्तुत् m.
    -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies.
    -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra.
    -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1.
    -हस्तः a kind of medicament.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > इन्द्रः _indrḥ

  • 20 to

    tu: (полная форма) ;
    (редуцированная форма, употр. перед гласными) ;
    (редуцированная форма, употр. перед согласными)
    1. предл.
    1) местные и пространственные значения а) выражает движение к какой-л. точке и достижение ее, управляет словом, обозначающим эту точку;
    также с наречиями к, в, тж. перен. Forester was sent to Edinburgh. ≈ Форестера послали в Эдинбург. The first train to London. ≈ Первый поезд в Лондон, на Лондон. He has removed to near Rugby. ≈ Он переехал поблизости от Регби. Come here to me. ≈ Подойди сюда ко мне. When he came to the crown. ≈ Когда он взошел на престол. To trace how the stories came to Spain. ≈ Отследить, как вести об этом попали в Испанию. б) значение направления в какую-л. сторону к, на Standing with his back to me. ≈ Он стоял спиной ко мне. He pointed to a clump of trees. ≈ Он указал на рощицу. The bedrooms to the back are much larger. ≈ Спальни на задней стороне дома гораздо больше. в) выражает предел движения, протяжения в пространстве до Protestant to the backbone. ≈ Протестант до мозга костей. The thermometer has risen to above
    32. ≈ Температура перевалила за
    32. It is eleven miles from Oxford to Witney. ≈ От Оксфорда до Уитни одиннадцать миль. г) выражает нахождение где-л. в, на Stayed to Canfields all night. ≈ Оставался в Кенфилдс всю ночью Were you ever to the Botanic Gardens? ≈ Ты когда-нибудь бывал в Ботаническом Саду? to work д) выражает соположение, соприкосновение к, у He stood up to the wall. ≈ Он стоял, прислонившись к стене. His mouth to my mouth. ≈ Его рот касался моего. They will find everything ready to their hands. ≈ У них все будет под рукой.
    2) временные отношения;
    временной предел, окончание срока к, до The parliament was prorogued to the tenth of February. ≈ Перерыв в работе парламента должен был продлиться до десятого февраля. The business hours were from ten to six. ≈ Рабочий день был с десяти до шести. How long is it to dinner, sir? ≈ Сколько осталось до ужина, сэр? It was exactly a quarter to four o'clock. ≈ Было без четверти четыре. Ainsworth came to this time. ≈ К этому времени подошел Эйнсворт.
    3) отношения достижения цели, результата, эффекта а) выражает цель деятельности для, под The captain came to our rescue. ≈ Капитан пришел к нам на помощь. The indispensable means to our end. ≈ Необходимые средства для достижения нашей цели. You sit down to Scripture at your bureau. ≈ Засядь-ка за Писание у себя в кабинете. Having laid down a few acres to oats. ≈ Отведя несколько акров под овес. The land sown to barley increases. ≈ Площади, засеваемые хмелем, расширяются. б) конечный пункт движения, ожидаемый исход, результат He had made up his mind to the event. ≈ Он настроился на это дело. To his astonishment. ≈ К его удивлению. To light those buildings by electricity, to the total exclusion of gas. ≈ Освещать эти здания электричеством, что приведет к полному отказу от газа. But now, to his despair, he felt that his patient herself was fighting against his skill. ≈ Теперь, к своему отчаянию, он понял, что теперь против него борется и сам пациент. The glasses are all to bits. ≈ Стекла все вдребезги разбиты. в) по отношению к, в отношении к Instead of marrying Torfrida, I have more mind to her niece. ≈ Я не хочу жениться на Торфриде, у меня больше склонности к ее племяннице. This lease is a document of title to land. ≈ Этот документ об аредне есть документ о праве собственности на эту землю. The high-born poem which had Sackville to father. ≈ Поэт благородного происхождения, чей отец был Сэквилл.
    4) со словами, выражающими объем, степень, размер Sir Tomkyn swore he was hers to the last drop of his blood. ≈ Сэр Томкин поклялся, что принадлежит ей полностью, до самой последней капли крови. He was generally punctual to a minute. ≈ Он был обычно пунктуален до минут. The bishops were hostile to a man. ≈ Все священнки до единого были враждебны. Gallant, courteous, and brave, even to chivalry. ≈ Галантный, вежливый и бесстрашный, почти до рыцарства. She was in love with him to distraction. ≈ Она была влюблена в него до самозабвения. The schoolroom was hot to suffocation. ≈ В классе было жарко так, что можно было задохнуться.
    5) в значении добавки, добавления, приложения а) под, к, вместе с;
    у It is impossible any longer to find a pound of butter or cream to our tea in all the country. ≈ Теперь нигде невозможно найти ни масла, ни сливок к чаю. I am growing old, and want more mustard to my meat. ≈ Я старею, мне требуется больше горчицы к мясу. One little boy complained that there was no rim to his plate. ≈ Один мальчик пожаловался, что у его тарелки не было края. Without clothing to his back, or shoes to his feet. ≈ Спина была голая, на ногах не было обуви. ride to hounds б) о музыке There is an old song, to the tune of La Belle Catharine. ≈ Есть старая песенка, на мелодию "La Belle Catharine". в) к My lips might freeze to my teeth. ≈ У меня губы сейчас к зубам примерзнут. To that opinion I shall always adhere. ≈ Я всегда буду выражать эти взгляды. г) для Courage is the body to will. ≈ Смелость - плоть для воли. The Hall now forms the vestibule to the Houses of Parliament. ≈ Этот зал теперь служит вестибюлем перед залами заседаний парламента. д) у, в (как свойство, характеристика) Tell me what there is to this shindy. ≈ Ну-ка расскажи, о чем здесь веселье There's a lot to him that doesn't show up on the surface. ≈ В нем есть многое, что не видно на поверхности.
    6) отношение к стандарту, точке отсчета а) для, при, по сравнению с, на фоне It was so thick to its length. ≈ При ее длинне эта штука была очень толстая. Now, pretty well to what they had been. ≈ Теперь они чувствуют себя гораздо лучше, по сравнению с тем, что с ними было. Strangely contrasted to the chill aspect of the lake. ≈ Странно контрастирующий с леденящим видом озера. б) к (о соотношении сил) Their enemies were four to one. ≈ Враг превосходил их по численности в четыре раза. Mr. Gladstone's motion was carried by 337 to
    38. ≈ Предложение г-на Гладстона прошло, за 337 человек, против
    38. Odds are ten to three. ≈ Ставки десять к трем. в) по, для, в соответствии с He dresses to the fashion. ≈ Он одевается по моде. Temple is not a man to our taste. ≈ Для нас Темпл не человек. Men were noodles to her. ≈ Для нее все мужчины были слабаки. To all appearance. ≈ Судя по всему. He has not been here to-day to my knowledge. ≈ Насколько я знаю, сегодня его не было. г) к, в отношении, по поводу What will Doris say to it? ≈ Что на это говорит Дорис? д) с, к, по отношению к Inclined to the horizon. ≈ Наклоненный к горизонту. He was unable to see how they lie to each other. ≈ Он не мог осознать, насколько они лгут друг другу.
    7) скорее аффективные значения а) переход к какой-л. деятельности Let's to it presently. ≈ Давайте теперь обратимся к этому. Come, lads, all hands to work! ≈ Так, ребята, за работу! б) причинение кому-л. или чему-л. чего-л. I presented the gun to him without any other idea but that of intimidation. ≈ Я наставил на него пистолет, имея в виду только испугать его. His father's unmerciful use of the whip to him. ≈ Отец нещадно охаживал его кнутом. Clodius had an old grudge to the King, for refusing to ransom him. ≈ У Клодия давно были к королю счеты зуб за то, что тот не выкупил его. в) обращение к кому-л. Did you not mark a woman, my son rose to? ≈ Разве ты не отметил ту женщину, которой поклонился мой сын? A hymn in hexameters to the Virgin Mary. ≈ Гекзаметрический гимн в честь Девы Марии. Come, speak to him! ≈ Ну же, заговори с ним! With continual toasting healths to the Royal Family. ≈ С бесконечными тостами за здравие королевской фамилии. г) реакция на что-л. The dead leaf trembles to the bells. ≈ Колокольный звон колышет мертвые листья. All the throng who have danced to a merry tune. ≈ Все те, что танцевали под развеселые мелодии (Питер Хэммилл, "Детская вера во взросление")
    8) синтаксические функции утраченного дательного падежа а) обозначает реципиента Great dishonour would redound to us. ≈ Великое бесчестие обратится на нас. Having a Son born to him. ≈ У него родился сын. We had the railway-carriage all to ourselves. ≈ Нам был целиком предоставлен вагон. They acted under no authority known to the law. ≈ Они действовали по праву, которого не знает закон. б) обозначает носителя эмоции To these men Luther is a papist, and Caluin is the right prophet. ≈ Для этих людей Лютер папист, а Кальвин - истинный пророк. To me it is simply absurd. ≈ По мне, это просто абсурд. It means a great deal to him. ≈ Для него это много значит. в) указывает объект чувства That natural horror we have to evil. ≈ Наше естественное отвращение ко злу. Bacchus is a friend to Love. ≈ Вакх друг любви. That homage to which they had aspired. ≈ Уважение к себе, к которому они стремились. г) указывает на ссылку или источник I have already alluded to the fact. ≈ Я уже ссылался на это. Menander attests to it. ≈ Об этом свидетельствует Менандр. д) в управлении ряда глаголов, вводит непрямой объект We fought them and put them to the run. ≈ Мы сразились с ними и обратили их в бегство. This day's paper I devote to women. ≈ Сегодняшний доклад я посвящаяю женщинам. To admit Roman Catholics to municipal advantages. ≈ Предоставить католикам городские привилегии. е) фин. вводит статью расхода To Balance from 1899 195 pounds 11s. ≈ На покрытие баланса за 1899 год 195 фунтов 11 шиллингов 3 To J. Bevan and Co., for Bales, 2349 pounds. ≈ Дж.Бевиану и Ко, за Бейлс, 2349 фунтов. ж) вводит лиц, использующих какое-л. стандартное именование или выражение Terence James MacSwiney on the baptismal register, but Terry always to his friends. ≈ Теренс Джеймс Максвини значится в церковной книге, но для друзей он всегда был Терри. Lindy( Miss Hoffmann to the kids) had to give it back down to them. ≈ Линди (для детей мисс Хоффманн) пришлось отдать эту вещь им обратно.
    2. нареч.
    1) направление, прямо может не переводиться Three young owls with their feathers turned wrong end to. ≈ Три совенка с перьями, развернутыми не туда.
    2) а) контакт, сопркосновение I can't get the lid of the trunk quite to. ≈ Я не могу закрыть крышку сундука. б) готовность Th horses are to. ≈ Лошади готовы.
    3. частица
    1) приинфинитивная частица You have to help him. ≈ Тебе нужно помочь ему.
    2) своего рода местоглаголие, заменяет опущенный инфинитив I kept on, I had to. ≈ Но я прошел дальше, я был должен. I wanted to turn round and look. It was an effort not to. ≈ Я хотел оглянуться. Стоило громадных усилий не сделать этого. указывает на приведение в нужное состояние или положение, передается глагольными приставками при-, за- - to pull the shutters to закрыть ставни - push the door to захлопни дверь - the door blew to дверь захлопнулась - put the horses to запряги(те) лошадей указывает на начало действия: за - we turned to gladly /with a will/ мы с воодушевлением взялись за работу - they were hungry and fell to они были голодны и набросились на еду указывает на приведение в сознание или возвращение сознания - he came to он пришел в себя - to bring smb. to with smelling salts привести кого-л. в сознание нюхательной солью указывает на определенное направление - his hat is on the wrong side to у него неправильно надета шляпа - a ship moored head to корабль, пришвартованный против ветра - to and again( устаревшее) с одного места на другое;
    туда и сюда;
    взад и вперед;
    из стороны в сторону;
    в разные стороны;
    вверх и вниз - to and back с одного места на другое;
    туда и сюда;
    взад и вперед;
    из стороны в сторону;
    в разные стороны;
    вверх и вниз - close to рядом - we were close to when it happened мы были рядом, когда это случилось - keep her to! (морское) держи к ветру (команда) в пространственном значении указывает на направление: к, в, на - the road to London дорога в Лондон - the way to glory путь к славе - a flight to the Moon полет на Луну /в сторону Луны/ - head to the sea (морское) против волны - on one's way to the station по дороге к станции /на станцию/ - to go to town ехать /отправляться/ в город - to go to the sea ехать к морю, поехать на море - to go to Smith пойти к Смиту - where will she go to? куда она пойдет? - to turn to the left повернуть налево - to point to smth. указывать на что-л. - to see smb. to the station проводить кого-л. на вокзал - to hold up one's hands to heaven воздевать руки к небу - to put a pistol to his head приставить пистолет к его голове - I'm off to London я отправляюсь в Лондон - he wears his best clothes to church он ходит в церковь в парадном костюме в пространственном значении указывает на движение до соприкосновения с чем-л.: на, за, к - to fall to the ground упасть на землю - he swung his kit-bag to his back он закинул вещевой мешок за спину в пространственном значении указывает на расстояние: до - is it far to Moscow? далеко ли до Москвы? - it is five miles to the station до станции пять миль в пространственном значении указывает на положение по отношению к чему-л.: к, на;
    вместе с сущ. тж. передается наречиями - rooms to the back задние комнаты - with one's feet to the fire протянув ноги к огню - with one's back to the wall спиной к стене - to lie to the south of лежать /быть расположенным/ к югу от - the window looks to the north окно выходит на север - placed at the right angle to the wall поставленный под прямым углом к стене - perpendicular to the floor перпендикулярно к полу - a line tangent to a circle (математика) касательная к окружности в пространственном значении указывает на временное местопребывание( после глагола be в префекте): в - he has been to Volgograd twice this year в этом году он дважды был в Волгограде - have you been to bed? вы спали? в пространственном значении указывает на (американизм) (разговорное) (диалектизм) пребывание в каком-л. месте: в - he is to home он дома в пространственном значении указывает на посещение какого-л. учреждения: в - to go to school ходить в школу - to go to the theatre ходить /идти/ в театр указывает на лицо, реже предмет, к которому направлено действие: к, перед;
    часто передается тж. дат. падежом - greetings to smb. приветствие кому-л. - to listen to smb., smth. слушать кого-л., что-л. - to speak to smb. разговаривать с кем-л. - to send smth. to smb. послать что-л. кому-л. - to explain smth. to smb. объяснить что-л. кому-л. - to submit the material to the committee представить материалы в комитет - to reveal a secret to smb. открыть кому-л. секрет - to apologize to smb. извиниться перед кем-л. - to play to packed houses играть перед полным залом - he showed the picture to all his friends он показал картину всем своим друзьям - he spoke to the demonstration он обратился с речью к участникам демонстрации - whom did you give the letter to? кому вы отдали письмо? указывает на лицо или предмет, воспринимающие какое-л. воздействие или впечатление или являющиеся объектом какого-л. отношения: к, для;
    по отношению к;
    передается тж. дат. падежом - attitude to smb., smth. отношение к кому-л., чему-л. - his duty to his country его долг по отношению к родине, его патриотический долг - known to smb. известный кому-л. - clear to smb. ясный кому-л. /для кого-л./ - favourable to smb. благоприятный для кого-л. - unjust to smb. несправедливый к кому-л. - a symptom alarming to the doctor тревожный симптом для доктора - pleasing to smb. приятный кому-л. - to be cruel to smb. быть жестоким к кому-л. - it was a mystery to them для них это было загадкой - injurious to smb., smth. вредный для кого-л., чего-л. - it seems to me that мне кажется, что - smth. has happened to him с ним что-то случилось указывает на лицо, эмоционально или интеллектуально заинтересованное в чем-л.;
    обычно передается дат. падежом - what is that to you? тебе-то какое до этого дело?;
    ты-то тут причем?;
    почему это тебя интересует? - life is nothing to him он не дорожит жизнью указывает на лицо, в честь которого что-л. совершается или провозглашается: в честь, за;
    передается тж. дат. падежом - a toast to your success тост за ваш успех - here is to your health за ваше здоровье - a hymn to the sun гимн солнцу - to build a monument to smb. воздвигнуть памятник кому-л. /в честь кого-л./ указывает на объект высказывания и т. п.: в, о, на или придаточное предложение - to bear witness to smth. давать показания о чем-л. - to testify to smth. показывать, что;
    представлять доказательства о том, что - to swear to smth. поклясться в чем-л. - to speak to smth. высказываться в поддержку чего-л. - to confess to smth. признаваться в чем-л. - to allude to smth. сослаться или намекнуть на что-л. указывает на объект права, претензии и т. п. - to have a right to smth. иметь право на что-л. - to lay a claim to smth. заявить претензию на что-л. - the pretender to the throne претендент на трон - a document of title to land документ, дающий право на владение землей указывает на (сознательную) реакцию на что-л.: на;
    передается тж. дат. падежом - (dis) obediance to smb.'s orders (не) подчинение чьему-л. приказу - in answer /in reply/ to smth. в ответ на что-л. - to reply to smb. отвечать кому-л. - to come to smb.'s call явиться по чьему-л. зову /на чей-л. зов/ - what do you say to that? что вы скажете по этому поводу? - what did he say to my suggestion? как он отнесся к моему предложению? - what do you say to a short walk? как насчет того, чтобы прогуляться? указывает на эмоциональную реакцию на что-л. или оценку чего-л.: к - to his surprise к его удивлению - to his credit к его чести - to her horror, the beast approached к ее ужасу, зверь приближался указывает на реакцию неодушевленных предметов на что-л. - waves sparkling to the moonbeams волны, сверкающие в лунном свете - flimsy houses that shake to the wind легкие домики, которые дрожат от ветра указывает на предел или степень: до - to the end, to the last до конца - to a man до последнего человека - to a certain extent до некоторой степени - to a high degree в высокой /в большой/ степени - to the exclusion of all others и никто больше, и никто другой - tired to death смертельно усталый - wet to the skin промокший до костей - stripped to the waist раздетый до пояса - shaken to the foundations поколебленный до основания - rotten to the core насквозь гнилой, прогнивший до сердцевины - to fight to the last drop of one's blood биться до последней капли крови - to defend one's country to the death стоять насмерть, защищая родину - to count up to ten считать до десяти - to cut smth. down to a minimum довести что-л. до минимума - the hall was filled to capacity зал был заполнен до отказа - the membership of the club increased to 350 количество челнов клуба достигло 350 - the room was hot to suffocation от жары в комнате нечем было дышать указывает на временной предел: до - to the end of June до конца июня - to the end of one's life до конца своей жизни - the custom survives to this day этот обычай сохранился до наших дней /существует и поныне/ - I shall remember it to my dying day я буду помнить это до (своего) смертного часа указывает на степень точности: до - to an inch с точностью до дюйма - a year to the day ровно год (день в день) - to guess the weight of smth. to within a kilo угадать вес чего-л. почти до килограмма - the train arrived to a minute поезд прибыл минута в минуту указывает на пределы колебаний: до - the weather over the period was moderate to cool погода в этот период колебалась от умеренной до прохладной указывает на изменение положения или достижение нового состояния и т. п.: в, до, на;
    передается тж. глаголом - to go to sleep заснуть - to go to ruin разрушиться - to run to seed прорасти - to put smb. to flight обратить кого-л. в бегство - to tear smth. to pieces /to bits/ разорвать что-л. на куски - to burn to ashes сгореть дотла - to beat smb. to death избить кого-л. до смерти - to convert a warehouse to a dance-hall превратить склад в зал для танцев - it moved him to tears это растрогало его до слез - he grew to manhood он стал взрослым человеком указывает на меру наказания: к - to sentence smb. to prison приговорить кого-л. к тюремному заключению - to sentence smb. to death приговорить кого-л. к смерти /к смертной казни/ указывает на переход к другой теме разговора, к другому занятию и т. п.: к - now to the matter at hand теперь займемся нашим вопросом - he turned to the page he had marked он вернулся к странице, которую отметил - the conversation turned to painting разговор перешел на живопись указывает на начало действия: за - to fall /to set, to turn/ to smth. приниматься за что-л. - he turned to eating он принялся за еду указывает на цель: на, к, для, с целью - to this end с этой целью - to the end that с (той) целью чтобы;
    для того чтобы - to no purpose напрасно, безрезультатно - a means to an end средство, ведущее к цели - with a view to your wellbeing заботясь о вашем благополучии - they came to our aid они пришли к нам на помощь - to come to dinner прийти к обеду /пообедать/ указывает на результат: к - to come to a conclusion прийти к выводу указывает на тенденцию, склонность, намерение: к - a tendency to smth. тенденция к чему-л. - to be given to smth. быть склонным к чему-л. указывает на предназначение: для, под - to be born to a bitter fate быть рожденным для горькой доли - to be born to a fortune родиться наследником несметных богатств - a horse bred to the plow лошадь, приученная к плугу /приученная пахать/ - a field planted to rice поле, отведенное /пущенное/ под рис;
    поле, засеянное рисом указывает на возможность воздействия, незащищенность против воздействия чего-л.;
    передается дат. падежом - open to criticism дающий пищу для критики - open to persuasion поддающийся убеждению - exposed to the sunlight подвергающийся действию солнца, незащищенный от солнца употребляется при выражении сравнения или сопоставления: в сравнении с, по сравнению с;
    передается тж. дат. падежом - compared to... по сравнению с... - equal to smth. равный чему-л. - superior to smth. лучше, чем что-л.;
    превосходящий что-л. - inferior to smth. хуже, чем что-л. - similar to smth. подобный чему-л.;
    похожий на что-л. - to prefer coffee to tea предпочитать кофе чаю - he prefers listening to talking он больше любит слушать, чем говорить - this is nothing to what it might be это пустяки по сравнению с тем, что могло (бы) быть употребляется при выражении соотношения или пропорции: к, на - one to four один к четырем - ten votes to twenty десять голосов против двадцати - three goals to nil три - ноль( в футболе и т. п.) - the score was 7 to 9 счет был семь на девять - three parts flour to one part butter три части муки на одну часть масла (кулинарный рецепт) - three houses to the square mile три дома на квадратную милю - four apples to a pound четыре яблока на фунт, по фунту за четыре яблока - the chances are ten to one один шанс против десяти - 2 is to 4 as 4 is to 8 2 относится к 4 как 4 к 8 - it's hundred to one (that) it won't happen вероятность того, что это не случится /не произойдет/, не больше одной сотой употребляется при выражении соответствия чему-л.: по, на;
    передается тж. дат. падежом - to my knowledge насколько я знаю;
    насколько мне известно - to the best of me remembrance насколько я помню - to my mind /thinking/ по-моему - (not) to one's liking /taste/ (не) по вкусу кому-л. - made to order сделанный на заказ - words set to music слова, положенные на музыку - an opera to his own libretto опера по его собственному либретто - the novel is true to life роман правильно отражает жизнь - what tune is it sung to? на какой мотив это поется? - keep to the rules придерживайтесь правил употребляется при выражении (музыкального) сопровождения: под - to dance to the piano танцевать под рояль - to write to smb.'s dictation писать под чью-л. диктовку указывает на составную часть чего-л. или принадлежность к чему-л.: к, от, для;
    передается тж. род. падежом - foreword to the book предисловие к книге - a key to a desk ключ от письменного стола - a frame to a picture рама для картины указывает на фазу процесса, аспект явления - there is no end to it этому нет конца - there is no exception to this rule из этого правила нет исключений указывает на контакт, близость( в адвербиальных оборотах с повторением существительного): к - face to face лицом к лицу - hand to hand бок о бок, рядом - shoulder to shoulder плечо к плечу - they stood man to man они стояли тесно /один к одному/ указывает на близость, тесное соприкосновение, а также прикрепление: к - with her hands to her eyes закрыв глаза руками - to be close to smb., smth. быть близко к кому-л., чему-л. - to tie smth. to smth. привязать что-л. к чему-л. - to fix smth. to smth. прикрепить что-л. к чему-л. - to clasp smb. to one's heart прижать кого-л. к сердцу - to fasten smth. to the wall прикрепить что-л. к стене - he held on to the rail with one hand одной рукой он держался за перила - the houses all had numbers to them на всех домах были написаны номера - he walked without shoes to his feet он шел босиком указывает на добавление, прибавление или сложение: к, с - put it to what you already have прибавьте /добавьте/ это к тому, что у вас уже есть - add five to the sum прибавьте к этой сумме пять - will you have sugar to your tea? вы будете пить чай с сахаром? указывает на родственные, служебные и др. отношения;
    передается род. падежом - heir to an estate наследник имущества - ambassador to the King of Sweden посол при дворе шведского короля - interpreter to UNO переводчик ООН - secretary to the manager секретарь управляющего - apprentice to a tailor ученик портного - to be engaged to smb. быть помолвленным с кем-л. - she is mother to the child она мать этого ребенка - he has been a good father to them он был им хорошим отцом - Charles is brother to John Чарльз - брат Джона указывает на содержание или степень содержательности чего-л.: в - a book without much to it не слишком интересная книга;
    книга так себе - there isn't much to it в этом нет ничего особенного /мудреного/;
    это немногого стоит - there's nothing to it это проще простого, это проще пареной репы;
    в этом нет никакой премудрости;
    это яйца выеденного не стоит - that's all there is to it вот и все;
    вот и вся недолга;
    это очень просто - is there nothing more to civilization than a moral code? неужто( вся) цивилизация сводится к морали? указывает на время по часам: без - ten (minutes) to (two) без десяти (два) - (a) quarter to five без четверти пять указывает на отнесение к какому-л. времени в прошлом: к - a ceremony dating to the first century обряд, относящийся к первому веку указывает на (диалектизм) точное время: в - they were ready to three o'clock они были готовы к трем часам (бухгалтерское) указывает на отнесение суммы в дебет счета - to goods $100 100 долларов на товары /отнесение стоимости товаров в 100 долларов/ в дебет счета (устаревшее) указывает на использование в каком-л. качестве: как, в - he took her to wife он взял ее в жены - to call smb. to witness ссылаться на кого-л., призывать кого-л. в свидетели > from beginning to end от начала до конца > from east to west с востока на запад > from nine o'clock to twelve с девяти до двенадцати часов > from day to day изо дня в день > from dawn to dusk с восхода до заката, от зари до зари > count from one to ten считай(те) от одного до десяти > to go from bad to worse все (время) ухудшаться, становиться все хуже и хуже > to all appearances по всей видимости > to the contrary наоборот > to a T полностью, совершенно > that suits me to a T это меня полностью устраивает > to oneself в свое распоряжение, в своем распоряжении > I had a room to myself у меня была отдельная комната > he kept it to himself он ни с кем этим не делился (тж. перен.) > to tell smth. to smb.'s face сказать что-л. кому-л. (прямо) в лицо > to jump to one's feet вскочить на ноги > to be used to smth. привыкнуть к чему-л. > he was used to good food он привык хорошо питаться > he was used to getting up early он привык рано вставать > to horse! по коням! (команда) > to arms! к оружию! (команда) > would to God /to Heaven/! о господи! употребляется при инфинитиве - to go away would be to admit defeat уйти означало бы признать себя побежденным - he refused to come он отказался прийти - I asked him to come я просил его прийти - he was seen to enter the house видели, что он вошел в дом - she would like it to be true она бы хотела, чтобы это оказалось правдой - I'm ready to do it я готов сделать это - you're foolish to believe it глупо, что ты веришь этому - he was the first to come он пришел первым - they had no time to lose им нельзя было терять времени - I have a letter to write мне надо написать письмо - there's a lot to do дел (еще) очень много - there was not a sound to be heard не было слышно ни звука - he is not to be trusted ему нельзя доверять - that's good to eat вкусная штука /вещь/ - the room is pleasant to look at на комнату приятно посмотреть - write down the address not to forget it запишите адрес, чтобы не забыть его - we parted never to meet again мы расстались, чтобы никогда больше не встречаться - to hear him talk you would imagine that he's somebody послушать его - так можно подумать, что он важная персона - to tell the truth по правде говоря - this house is to let этот дом сдается (внаем) употребляется после ряда глаголов, чтобы избежать повторения инфинитива - tell him if you want to скажите ему, если хотите - take the money, it would be absurd not to возьмите деньги;
    было бы нелепо отказываться от них assistant ~ the professor ассистент профессора become a party ~ принимать участие to begin( on ( или upon) smth.) брать начало( от чего-л.) ;
    to begin over начинать сызнова;
    well begun is half done посл. = хорошее начало полдела откачало to ~ at the beginning начинать с самого начала;
    to begin at the wrong end начинать не с того конца end: to begin at the wrong ~ начать не с того конца to begin (on (или upon) smth.) брать начало (от чего-л.) ;
    to begin over начинать сызнова;
    well begun is half done посл. = хорошее начало полдела откачало belong absolutely ~ принадлежать полностью ~ bring ~ poverty довести до бедности;
    to fall to decay( или ruin) разрушиться, прийти в упадок to cheat( on smb.) вести себя нечестно( по отношению к кому-л.: другу, партнеру, мужу и т. п.) ~ избежать( чего-л.) ;
    to cheat the gallows избежать виселицы ~ занимать( чем-л.) ;
    to cheat time коротать время;
    to cheat the journey коротать время в пути ~ занимать (чем-л.) ;
    to cheat time коротать время;
    to cheat the journey коротать время в пути ~ prep указывает на предел движения, расстояния, времени, количества на, до: to climb to the top взобраться на вершину counter ~ противоречащий, противоположный( чему-л.) ~ prep под (аккомпанемент) ;
    в (сопровождении) ;
    to dance to music танцевать под музыку;
    he sang to his guitar он пел под гитару ~ prep указывает на: связь между действием и ответным действием к, на;
    to this he answered на это он ответил;
    deaf to all entreaties глух ко всем просьбам ~ bring ~ poverty довести до бедности;
    to fall to decay (или ruin) разрушиться, прийти в упадок ~ prep указывает на принадлежность (к чему-л.) или на прикрепление (к чему-л.) к;
    to fasten to the wall прикрепить к стене;
    key to the door ключ от двери give consideration ~ обсуждать give consideration ~ рассматривать ~ мошенничать;
    обманывать;
    he cheated me (out) of five dollars он надул меня на пять долларов he could be anywhere from 40 ~ 60 ему можно дать и 40 и 60 лет ~ prep передается род. падежом и указывает на отношения: родственные: he has been a good father to them он был им хорошим отцом ~ prep под (аккомпанемент) ;
    в (сопровождении) ;
    to dance to music танцевать под музыку;
    he sang to his guitar он пел под гитару I am going ~ the University я иду в университет;
    the windows look to the south окна выходят на юг I can't get the lid of the trunk quite ~ я не могу закрыть крышку сундука ~ prep указывает на сравнение, числовое соотношение или пропорцию перед, к;
    3 is to 4 as 6 is to 8 три относится к четырем, как шесть к восьми it was nothing ~ what I had expected это пустяки в сравнении с тем, что я ожидал ~ prep указывает на принадлежность (к чему-л.) или на прикрепление (к чему-л.) к;
    to fasten to the wall прикрепить к стене;
    key to the door ключ от двери ~ prep указывает на лицо, по отношению к которому или в интересах которого совершается действие;
    передается дат. падежом: a letter to a friend письмо другу ~ prep указывает на эмоциональное восприятие к;
    to my disappointment к моему разочарованию;
    to my surprise к моему удивлению ~ prep указывает на эмоциональное восприятие к;
    to my disappointment к моему разочарованию;
    to my surprise к моему удивлению object ~ возражать, протестовать( против чего-л.) ~ prep указывает на соответствие по, в;
    to one's liking по вкусу a party was thrown ~ the children детям устроили праздник ten ~ one he will find it out девять из десяти за то, что он это узнает;
    the score was 1 to 3 спорт. счет был 1: 3 ~ prep передается род. падежом и указывает на отношения: подчинения по службе: secretary to the director секретарь директора ~ (began;
    begun) начинать(ся) ;
    she began weeping( или to weep) она заплакала ten ~ one he will find it out девять из десяти за то, что он это узнает;
    the score was 1 to 3 спорт. счет был 1: 3 ~ the minute минута в минуту;
    с точностью до минуты there is an outpatient department attached ~ our hospital при нашей больнице есть поликлинника ~ prep указывает на: связь между действием и ответным действием к, на;
    to this he answered на это он ответил;
    deaf to all entreaties глух ко всем просьбам to ~ (on (или upon) smth.) браться( за что-л.) ~ (began;
    begun) начинать(ся) ;
    she began weeping (или to weep) она заплакала ~ начинать ~ начинаться ~ основывать ~ приступать ~ создавать to ~ at the beginning начинать с самого начала;
    to begin at the wrong end начинать не с того конца to ~ with прежде всего, во-первых ~ жулик ~ жульничество ~ занимать (чем-л.) ;
    to cheat time коротать время;
    to cheat the journey коротать время в пути ~ избежать (чего-л.) ;
    to cheat the gallows избежать виселицы ~ мошенник ~ мошенничать;
    обманывать;
    he cheated me (out) of five dollars он надул меня на пять долларов ~ мошенничать ~ мошенничество;
    обман ~ мошенничество ~ обман ~ обманщик, плут;
    topping cheat виселица ~ обманщик ~ обманывать ~ плут ~ самозванец ~ шулер to: (from Saturday) to Monday( с субботы) до понедельника ~ prep указывает на высшую степень (точности, аккуратности, качества и т. п.) до, в;
    to the best advantage наилучшим образом;
    в самом выгодном свете ~ prep указывает на цель действия на, для;
    to the rescue на помощь;
    to that end с этой целью ~ обманщик, плут;
    topping cheat виселица ~ prep указывает на направление к, в, на;
    the way to Moscow дорога в Москву;
    turn to the right поверните направо turn: ~ поворачивать(ся) ;
    обращаться;
    повертывать(ся) ;
    to turn to the right повернуть направо;
    to turn on one's heel(s) круто повернуться( и уйти) ~ prep указывает на направление к, в, на;
    the way to Moscow дорога в Москву;
    turn to the right поверните направо ~ prep указывает на лицо, в честь которого совершается действие: we drink to his health мы пьем за его здоровье to begin (on (или upon) smth.) брать начало (от чего-л.) ;
    to begin over начинать сызнова;
    well begun is half done посл. = хорошее начало полдела откачало I am going ~ the University я иду в университет;
    the windows look to the south окна выходят на юг

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > to

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • King Hazen — Member of Parliament for St. John Albert In office March 1940 – June 1949 Preceded by Allan McAvity Succeeded by Daniel Aloysius Riley Personal details …   Wikipedia

  • King Abdullah II — (born 1962) king of the Hashemite kingdom of Jordan following the death of King Hussein in 1999 …   English contemporary dictionary

  • King, Martin Luther, Jr. — (1929 1968)    African American preacher and civil rights leader    Martin Luther King, Jr., Baptist minister and leader of the Civil Rights movement in the united States in the 1960s, was born Michael King in Atlanta, Georgia, on January 15,… …   Encyclopedia of Protestantism

  • Born Under a Bad Sign — Studioalbum von Albert King Veröffentlichung August 1967 Label Stax Records …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • KING (band) — KING Band members (David, Angie, Jazzy, Tasha, Mikey) in Los Angeles Background information Origin English …   Wikipedia

  • King David —     King David     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► King David     In the Bible the name David is borne only by the second king of Israel, the great grandson of Boaz and Ruth (Ruth, iv, 18 sqq.). He was the youngest of the eight sons of Isai, or Jesse… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • King Adora (band) — King Adora Background information Origin Birmingham, United Kingdom Genres Gla …   Wikipedia

  • King — /king/, n. 1. Billie Jean (Moffitt) /mof it/, born 1943, U.S. tennis player. 2. Clarence, 1842 1901, U.S. geologist and cartographer. 3. Ernest Joseph, 1878 1956, U.S. naval officer. 4. Martin Luther, Jr., 1929 68, U.S. Baptist minister: civil… …   Universalium

  • King O'Malley — (July 1858 – 20 December 1953) was an Australian politician. BiographyNeither the date nor the place of O Malley s birth is known with certainty. His biographers Larry Noye and Arthur Hoyle say he was born on 2 July, while the Australian… …   Wikipedia

  • King Sunny Adé — Background information Birth name Sunday Adeniyi Born September 22, 1946 (1946 09 22 …   Wikipedia

  • King, Martin Luther, Jr. — born Jan. 15, 1929, Atlanta, Ga., U.S. died April 4, 1968, Memphis, Tenn. U.S. civil rights leader. The son and grandson of Baptist preachers, King became an adherent of nonviolence while in college. Ordained a Baptist minister himself in 1954,… …   Universalium

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»